RTT works

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal.c

@@ -0,0 +1,531 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_hal.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   HAL module driver.
+  *          This is the common part of the HAL initialization
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+    The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be
+    used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL.
+    [..]
+    The HAL contains two APIs categories:
+         (+) HAL Initialization and de-initialization functions
+         (+) HAL Control functions
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL HAL
+  * @brief HAL module driver.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup HAL_Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+ * @brief STM32F3xx HAL Driver version number V1.5.6
+   */
+#define __STM32F3xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN   (0x01U) /*!< [31:24] main version */
+#define __STM32F3xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1   (0x05U) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */
+#define __STM32F3xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2   (0x06U) /*!< [15:8]  sub2 version */
+#define __STM32F3xx_HAL_VERSION_RC     (0x00U) /*!< [7:0]  release candidate */
+#define __STM32F3xx_HAL_VERSION         ((__STM32F3xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24U)\
+                                        |(__STM32F3xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16U)\
+                                        |(__STM32F3xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8U )\
+                                        |(__STM32F3xx_HAL_VERSION_RC))
+
+#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK    (0x00000FFFU)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported variables --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Variables HAL Exported Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+__IO uint32_t uwTick;
+uint32_t uwTickPrio   = (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS); /* Invalid PRIO */
+HAL_TickFreqTypeDef uwTickFreq = HAL_TICK_FREQ_DEFAULT;  /* 1KHz */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions HAL Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization Functions 
+ *  @brief    Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initializes the Flash interface, the NVIC allocation and initial clock 
+          configuration. It initializes the systick also when timeout is needed
+          and the backup domain when enabled.
+      (+) de-Initializes common part of the HAL.
+      (+) Configure The time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated 
+          Tick interrupt priority. 
+        (++) SysTick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user 
+             can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose 
+             timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base 
+             duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and 
+             handled in milliseconds basis.
+        (++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically 
+             at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time 
+             when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). 
+        (++) Source of time base is configured  to generate interrupts at regular 
+             time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a 
+             peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority 
+            (numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller 
+            ISR process will be blocked. 
+       (++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __Weak  
+             to make  override possible  in case of other  implementations in user file.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function configures the Flash prefetch, 
+  *         Configures time base source, NVIC and Low level hardware
+  * @note   This function is called at the beginning of program after reset and before 
+  *         the clock configuration
+  *             
+  * @note   The Systick configuration is based on HSI clock, as HSI is the clock
+  *         used after a system Reset and the NVIC configuration is set to Priority group 4 
+  *            
+  * @note   The time base configuration is based on MSI clock when exting from Reset.
+  *         Once done, time base tick start incrementing.
+  *         In the default implementation,Systick is used as source of time base.
+  *       The tick variable is incremented each 1ms in its ISR.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void)
+{
+  /* Configure Flash prefetch */
+#if (PREFETCH_ENABLE != 0U)
+  __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE();
+#endif /* PREFETCH_ENABLE */
+
+  /* Set Interrupt Group Priority */
+  HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4);
+
+  /* Enable systick and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is HSI) */
+  HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY);
+
+  /* Init the low level hardware */
+  HAL_MspInit();
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function de-Initializes common part of the HAL and stops the systick.
+  * @note This function is optional.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void)
+{
+  /* Reset of all peripherals */
+  __HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+  __HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+  __HAL_RCC_AHB_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_AHB_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+  /* De-Init the low level hardware */
+  HAL_MspDeInit();
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the MSP.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_MspInit(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitialize the MSP.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function configures the source of the time base. 
+  *         The time source is configured  to have 1ms time base with a dedicated 
+  *         Tick interrupt priority. 
+  * @note   This function is called  automatically at the beginning of program after
+  *         reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured  by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). 
+  * @note   In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. 
+  *         It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. 
+  *         Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process, 
+  *         The SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower) 
+  *         than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.
+  *         The function is declared as __Weak  to be overwritten  in case of other
+  *         implementation  in user file.
+  * @param TickPriority Tick interrupt priority.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
+{
+  /* Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/
+  if (HAL_SYSTICK_Config(SystemCoreClock / (1000U / uwTickFreq)) > 0U)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
+  if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
+  {
+    HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
+    uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+   /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2 HAL Control functions 
+ *  @brief    HAL Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### HAL Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Provide a tick value in millisecond
+      (+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond
+      (+) Suspend the time base source interrupt
+      (+) Resume the time base source interrupt
+      (+) Get the HAL API driver version
+      (+) Get the device identifier
+      (+) Get the device revision identifier
+      (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during Sleep mode
+      (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP mode
+      (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode
+      
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function is called to increment  a global variable "uwTick"
+  *         used as application time base.
+  * @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms
+  *         in SysTick ISR.
+  * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other 
+  *         implementations  in user file.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_IncTick(void)
+{
+  uwTick += uwTickFreq;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Povides a tick value in millisecond.
+  * @note   The function is declared as __Weak  to be overwritten  in case of other 
+  *         implementations  in user file.
+  * @retval tick value
+  */
+__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void)
+{
+  return uwTick;  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function returns a tick priority.
+  * @retval tick priority
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetTickPrio(void)
+{
+  return uwTickPrio;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set new tick Freq.
+  * @retval status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SetTickFreq(HAL_TickFreqTypeDef Freq)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status  = HAL_OK;
+  HAL_TickFreqTypeDef prevTickFreq;
+
+  assert_param(IS_TICKFREQ(Freq));
+
+  if (uwTickFreq != Freq)
+  {
+    /* Back up uwTickFreq frequency */
+    prevTickFreq = uwTickFreq;
+
+    /* Update uwTickFreq global variable used by HAL_InitTick() */
+    uwTickFreq = Freq;
+
+    /* Apply the new tick Freq */
+    status = HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio);
+
+    if (status != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Restore previous tick frequency */
+      uwTickFreq = prevTickFreq;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Return tick frequency.
+  * @retval tick period in Hz
+  */
+HAL_TickFreqTypeDef HAL_GetTickFreq(void)
+{
+  return uwTickFreq;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function provides accurate delay (in milliseconds) based 
+  *         on variable incremented.
+  * @note   In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. 
+  *         It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick
+  *         is incremented.
+  *         The function is declared as __Weak  to be overwritten  in case of other
+  *         implementations  in user file.
+  * @param  Delay specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_Delay(uint32_t Delay)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+  uint32_t wait = Delay;
+  
+  /* Add freq to guarantee minimum wait */
+  if (wait < HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+  {
+    wait += (uint32_t)(uwTickFreq);
+  }
+  
+  while((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < wait)
+  {
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Suspend Tick increment.
+  * @note   In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is  
+  *         used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick()
+  *         is called, the the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment 
+  *         is suspended.
+  * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+  *         implementations  in user file.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
+
+{
+  /* Disable SysTick Interrupt */
+  SysTick->CTRL &= ~SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk;
+                                                   
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Resume Tick increment.
+  * @note   In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is  
+  *         used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick()
+  *         is called, the the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment 
+  *         is resumed.
+  *         The function is declared as __Weak  to be overwritten  in case of other
+  *         implementations  in user file.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
+{
+  /* Enable SysTick Interrupt */
+  SysTick->CTRL  |= SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk;
+  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function returns the HAL revision
+  * @retval version 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC)
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void)
+{
+ return __STM32F3xx_HAL_VERSION;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the device revision identifier.
+  * @retval Device revision identifier
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void)
+{
+  return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) >> 16U);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the device identifier.
+  * @retval Device identifier
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void)
+{
+  return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns first word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
+  * @retval Device identifier
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw0(void)
+{
+   return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)UID_BASE)));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns second word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
+  * @retval Device identifier
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw1(void)
+{
+   return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 4U))));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns third word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
+  * @retval Device identifier
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw2(void)
+{
+   return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 8U))));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Debug Module during STOP mode
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the Debug Module during STOP mode
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_cec.c

@@ -0,0 +1,997 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_hal_cec.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   CEC HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the High Definition Multimedia Interface
+  *          Consumer Electronics Control Peripheral (CEC).
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization function
+  *           + IO operation function
+  *           + Peripheral Control function
+  *
+  *
+  @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    The CEC HAL driver can be used as follow:
+
+    (#) Declare a CEC_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
+    (#) Initialize the CEC low level resources by implementing the HAL_CEC_MspInit ()API:
+        (##) Enable the CEC interface clock.
+        (##) CEC pins configuration:
+            (+++) Enable the clock for the CEC GPIOs.
+            (+++) Configure these CEC pins as alternate function pull-up.
+        (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT()
+             and HAL_CEC_Receive_IT() APIs):
+            (+++) Configure the CEC interrupt priority.
+            (+++) Enable the NVIC CEC IRQ handle.
+            (+++) The specific CEC interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt,
+                  RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
+                  __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit
+                  and receive process.
+
+    (#) Program the Signal Free Time (SFT) and SFT option, Tolerance, reception stop in
+        in case of Bit Rising Error, Error-Bit generation conditions, device logical
+        address and Listen mode in the hcec Init structure.
+
+    (#) Initialize the CEC registers by calling the HAL_CEC_Init() API.
+
+  [..]
+    (@) This API (HAL_CEC_Init()) configures also the low level Hardware (GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
+        by calling the customed HAL_CEC_MspInit() API.
+  *** Callback registration ***
+  =============================================
+
+  The compilation define  USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
+  allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+  Use Functions HAL_CEC_RegisterCallback() or HAL_CEC_RegisterXXXCallback()
+  to register an interrupt callback.
+
+  Function HAL_CEC_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
+    (+) TxCpltCallback     : Tx Transfer completed callback.
+    (+) ErrorCallback      : callback for error detection.
+    (+) MspInitCallback    : CEC MspInit.
+    (+) MspDeInitCallback  : CEC MspDeInit.
+  This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+  and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+  For specific callback HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback use dedicated register callbacks
+  HAL_CEC_RegisterRxCpltCallback().
+
+  Use function HAL_CEC_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
+  weak function.
+  HAL_CEC_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+  and the Callback ID.
+  This function allows to reset following callbacks:
+    (+) TxCpltCallback     : Tx Transfer completed callback.
+    (+) ErrorCallback      : callback for error detection.
+    (+) MspInitCallback    : CEC MspInit.
+    (+) MspDeInitCallback  : CEC MspDeInit.
+
+  For callback HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback use dedicated unregister callback :
+  HAL_CEC_UnRegisterRxCpltCallback().
+
+  By default, after the HAL_CEC_Init() and when the state is HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET
+  all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions :
+  examples HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback() , HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback().
+  Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are
+  reset to the legacy weak function in the HAL_CEC_Init()/ HAL_CEC_DeInit() only when
+  these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
+  if not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the HAL_CEC_Init() / HAL_CEC_DeInit()
+  keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit functions (registered beforehand)
+
+  Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_CEC_STATE_READY state only.
+  Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks that can be registered/unregistered
+  in HAL_CEC_STATE_READY or HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET state,
+  thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
+  In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+  using HAL_CEC_RegisterCallback() before calling HAL_CEC_DeInit()
+  or HAL_CEC_Init() function.
+
+  When the compilation define USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+  not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks
+  are set to the corresponding weak functions.
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC CEC
+  * @brief HAL CEC module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+#ifdef HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED
+#if defined (CEC)
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Constants CEC Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Functions CEC Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions CEC Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+===============================================================================
+            ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the CEC
+      (+) The following parameters need to be configured:
+        (++) SignalFreeTime
+        (++) Tolerance
+        (++) BRERxStop                 (RX stopped or not upon Bit Rising Error)
+        (++) BREErrorBitGen            (Error-Bit generation in case of Bit Rising Error)
+        (++) LBPEErrorBitGen           (Error-Bit generation in case of Long Bit Period Error)
+        (++) BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen (Error-bit generation in case of broadcast message error)
+        (++) SignalFreeTimeOption      (SFT Timer start definition)
+        (++) OwnAddress                (CEC device address)
+        (++) ListenMode
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Initializes the CEC mode according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the CEC_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle .
+  * @param hcec CEC handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Init(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  /* Check the CEC handle allocation */
+  if ((hcec == NULL) || (hcec->Init.RxBuffer == NULL))
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcec->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_SIGNALFREETIME(hcec->Init.SignalFreeTime));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_TOLERANCE(hcec->Init.Tolerance));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_BRERXSTOP(hcec->Init.BRERxStop));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_BREERRORBITGEN(hcec->Init.BREErrorBitGen));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_LBPEERRORBITGEN(hcec->Init.LBPEErrorBitGen));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_BROADCASTERROR_NO_ERRORBIT_GENERATION(hcec->Init.BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_SFTOP(hcec->Init.SignalFreeTimeOption));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_LISTENING_MODE(hcec->Init.ListenMode));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_OWN_ADDRESS(hcec->Init.OwnAddress));
+
+#if (USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  if (hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hcec->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+    hcec->TxCpltCallback  = HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback;  /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback  */
+    hcec->RxCpltCallback = HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback;   /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback */
+    hcec->ErrorCallback = HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback;     /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+
+    if (hcec->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+    {
+      hcec->MspInitCallback = HAL_CEC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit  */
+    }
+
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    hcec->MspInitCallback(hcec);
+  }
+#else
+  if (hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hcec->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
+    HAL_CEC_MspInit(hcec);
+  }
+#endif /* USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
+
+  /* Write to CEC Control Register */
+  hcec->Instance->CFGR = hcec->Init.SignalFreeTime | hcec->Init.Tolerance | hcec->Init.BRERxStop | \
+                         hcec->Init.BREErrorBitGen | hcec->Init.LBPEErrorBitGen | hcec->Init.BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen | \
+                         hcec->Init.SignalFreeTimeOption | ((uint32_t)(hcec->Init.OwnAddress) << 16U) | \
+                         hcec->Init.ListenMode;
+
+  /* Enable the following CEC Transmission/Reception interrupts as
+    * well as the following CEC Transmission/Reception Errors interrupts
+    * Rx Byte Received IT
+    * End of Reception IT
+    * Rx overrun
+    * Rx bit rising error
+    * Rx short bit period error
+    * Rx long bit period error
+    * Rx missing acknowledge
+    * Tx Byte Request IT
+    * End of Transmission IT
+    * Tx Missing Acknowledge IT
+    * Tx-Error IT
+    * Tx-Buffer Underrun IT
+    * Tx arbitration lost   */
+  __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IT_RXBR | CEC_IT_RXEND | CEC_IER_RX_ALL_ERR | CEC_IT_TXBR | CEC_IT_TXEND |
+                      CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR);
+
+  /* Enable the CEC Peripheral */
+  __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
+
+  hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+  hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+  hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DeInitializes the CEC peripheral
+  * @param hcec CEC handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_DeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  /* Check the CEC handle allocation */
+  if (hcec == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcec->Instance));
+
+  hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  if (hcec->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    hcec->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_CEC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit  */
+  }
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  hcec->MspDeInitCallback(hcec);
+
+#else
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_CEC_MspDeInit(hcec);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
+
+  /* Clear Flags */
+  __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXEND | CEC_FLAG_TXBR | CEC_FLAG_RXBR | CEC_FLAG_RXEND | CEC_ISR_ALL_ERROR);
+
+  /* Disable the following CEC Transmission/Reception interrupts as
+    * well as the following CEC Transmission/Reception Errors interrupts
+    * Rx Byte Received IT
+    * End of Reception IT
+    * Rx overrun
+    * Rx bit rising error
+    * Rx short bit period error
+    * Rx long bit period error
+    * Rx missing acknowledge
+    * Tx Byte Request IT
+    * End of Transmission IT
+    * Tx Missing Acknowledge IT
+    * Tx-Error IT
+    * Tx-Buffer Underrun IT
+    * Tx arbitration lost   */
+  __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IT_RXBR | CEC_IT_RXEND | CEC_IER_RX_ALL_ERR | CEC_IT_TXBR | CEC_IT_TXEND |
+                       CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR);
+
+  hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+  hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET;
+  hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Process Unlock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Initializes the Own Address of the CEC device
+  * @param hcec CEC handle
+  * @param  CEC_OwnAddress The CEC own address.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_SetDeviceAddress(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint16_t CEC_OwnAddress)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_OWN_ADDRESS(CEC_OwnAddress));
+
+  if ((hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY) && (hcec->RxState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY))
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
+
+    hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Disable the Peripheral */
+    __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
+
+    if (CEC_OwnAddress != CEC_OWN_ADDRESS_NONE)
+    {
+      hcec->Instance->CFGR |= ((uint32_t)CEC_OwnAddress << 16);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hcec->Instance->CFGR &= ~(CEC_CFGR_OAR);
+    }
+
+    hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+    hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+
+    /* Enable the Peripheral */
+    __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
+
+    return  HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief CEC MSP Init
+  * @param hcec CEC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_CEC_MspInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hcec);
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CEC_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief CEC MSP DeInit
+  * @param hcec CEC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_CEC_MspDeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hcec);
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CEC_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+#if (USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+  * @brief  Register a User CEC Callback
+  *         To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+  * @param  hcec CEC handle
+  * @param  CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_CEC_TX_CPLT_CB_ID Tx Complete callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_CEC_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_CEC_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_CEC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+  * @param  pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_RegisterCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, HAL_CEC_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
+                                           pCEC_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  if (pCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
+
+  if (hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_CEC_TX_CPLT_CB_ID :
+        hcec->TxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_CEC_ERROR_CB_ID :
+        hcec->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_CEC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        hcec->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_CEC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        hcec->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        /* Update the error code */
+        hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+        /* Return error status */
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else if (hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_CEC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        hcec->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_CEC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        hcec->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        /* Update the error code */
+        hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+        /* Return error status */
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unregister an CEC Callback
+  *         CEC callabck is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+  * @param hcec uart handle
+  * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_CEC_TX_CPLT_CB_ID Tx Complete callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_CEC_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_CEC_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_CEC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+  * @retval status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_UnRegisterCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, HAL_CEC_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
+
+  if (hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_CEC_TX_CPLT_CB_ID :
+        hcec->TxCpltCallback = HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback;  /* Legacy weak  TxCpltCallback */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_CEC_ERROR_CB_ID :
+        hcec->ErrorCallback = HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback;  /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback   */
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_CEC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        hcec->MspInitCallback = HAL_CEC_MspInit;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_CEC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        hcec->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_CEC_MspDeInit;
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        /* Update the error code */
+        hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+        /* Return error status */
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else if (hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_CEC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+        hcec->MspInitCallback = HAL_CEC_MspInit;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_CEC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+        hcec->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_CEC_MspDeInit;
+        break;
+
+      default :
+        /* Update the error code */
+        hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+        /* Return error status */
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Register CEC RX complete Callback
+  *         To be used instead of the weak HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback() predefined callback
+  * @param  hcec CEC handle
+  * @param  pCallback pointer to the Rx transfer compelete Callback function
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_RegisterRxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, pCEC_RxCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  if (pCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
+
+  if (HAL_CEC_STATE_READY == hcec->RxState)
+  {
+    hcec->RxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  UnRegister CEC RX complete Callback
+  *         CEC RX complete Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback() predefined callback
+  * @param  hcec CEC handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_UnRegisterRxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
+
+  if (HAL_CEC_STATE_READY == hcec->RxState)
+  {
+    hcec->RxCpltCallback = HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak  CEC RxCpltCallback  */
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Update the error code */
+    hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+    /* Return error status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+  return status;
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
+  *  @brief CEC Transmit/Receive functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the CEC data transfers.
+
+    (#) The CEC handle must contain the initiator (TX side) and the destination (RX side)
+        logical addresses (4-bit long addresses, 0xF for broadcast messages destination)
+
+    (#) The communication is performed using Interrupts.
+           These API's return the HAL status.
+           The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+           dedicated CEC IRQ when using Interrupt mode.
+           The HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks
+           will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process
+           The HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when a communication
+           error is detected
+
+    (#) API's with Interrupt are :
+         (+) HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT()
+         (+) HAL_CEC_IRQHandler()
+
+    (#) A set of User Callbacks are provided:
+         (+) HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback()
+         (+) HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback()
+         (+) HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Send data in interrupt mode
+  * @param hcec CEC handle
+  * @param InitiatorAddress Initiator address
+  * @param DestinationAddress destination logical address
+  * @param pData pointer to input byte data buffer
+  * @param Size amount of data to be sent in bytes (without counting the header).
+  *              0 means only the header is sent (ping operation).
+  *              Maximum TX size is 15 bytes (1 opcode and up to 14 operands).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t InitiatorAddress, uint8_t DestinationAddress,
+                                      uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Size)
+{
+  /* if the peripheral isn't already busy and if there is no previous transmission
+     already pending due to arbitration lost */
+  if (hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) && (Size > 0U))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(DestinationAddress));
+    assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(InitiatorAddress));
+    assert_param(IS_CEC_MSGSIZE(Size));
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
+    hcec->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+    hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* initialize the number of bytes to send,
+      * 0 means only one header is sent (ping operation) */
+    hcec->TxXferCount = (uint16_t)Size;
+
+    /* in case of no payload (Size = 0), sender is only pinging the system;
+       Set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit, must be set before writing data to TXDR */
+    if (Size == 0U)
+    {
+      __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
+    }
+
+    /* send header block */
+    hcec->Instance->TXDR = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)InitiatorAddress << CEC_INITIATOR_LSB_POS) | DestinationAddress);
+
+    /* Set TX Start of Message  (TXSOM) bit */
+    __HAL_CEC_FIRST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Get size of the received frame.
+  * @param hcec CEC handle
+  * @retval Frame size
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetLastReceivedFrameSize(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  return hcec->RxXferSize;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Change Rx Buffer.
+  * @param hcec CEC handle
+  * @param Rxbuffer Rx Buffer
+  * @note  This function can be called only inside the HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback()
+  * @retval Frame size
+  */
+void HAL_CEC_ChangeRxBuffer(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t *Rxbuffer)
+{
+  hcec->Init.RxBuffer = Rxbuffer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles CEC interrupt requests.
+  * @param hcec CEC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_CEC_IRQHandler(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+
+  /* save interrupts register for further error or interrupts handling purposes */
+  uint32_t reg;
+  reg = hcec->Instance->ISR;
+
+
+  /* ----------------------------Arbitration Lost Management----------------------------------*/
+  /* CEC TX arbitration error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
+  if ((reg & CEC_FLAG_ARBLST) != 0U)
+  {
+    hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_ARBLST;
+    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_ARBLST);
+  }
+
+  /* ----------------------------Rx Management----------------------------------*/
+  /* CEC RX byte received interrupt  ---------------------------------------------------*/
+  if ((reg & CEC_FLAG_RXBR) != 0U)
+  {
+    /* reception is starting */
+    hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    hcec->RxXferSize++;
+    /* read received byte */
+    *hcec->Init.RxBuffer = (uint8_t) hcec->Instance->RXDR;
+    hcec->Init.RxBuffer++;
+    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXBR);
+  }
+
+  /* CEC RX end received interrupt  ---------------------------------------------------*/
+  if ((reg & CEC_FLAG_RXEND) != 0U)
+  {
+    /* clear IT */
+    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXEND);
+
+    /* Rx process is completed, restore hcec->RxState to Ready */
+    hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+    hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+    hcec->Init.RxBuffer -= hcec->RxXferSize;
+#if (USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+    hcec->RxCpltCallback(hcec, hcec->RxXferSize);
+#else
+    HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback(hcec, hcec->RxXferSize);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    hcec->RxXferSize = 0U;
+  }
+
+  /* ----------------------------Tx Management----------------------------------*/
+  /* CEC TX byte request interrupt ------------------------------------------------*/
+  if ((reg & CEC_FLAG_TXBR) != 0U)
+  {
+    --hcec->TxXferCount;
+    if (hcec->TxXferCount == 0U)
+    {
+      /* if this is the last byte transmission, set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit */
+      __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
+    }
+    /* In all cases transmit the byte */
+    hcec->Instance->TXDR = *hcec->pTxBuffPtr;
+    hcec->pTxBuffPtr++;
+    /* clear Tx-Byte request flag */
+    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXBR);
+  }
+
+  /* CEC TX end interrupt ------------------------------------------------*/
+  if ((reg & CEC_FLAG_TXEND) != 0U)
+  {
+    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXEND);
+
+    /* Tx process is ended, restore hcec->gState to Ready */
+    hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+    /* Call the Process Unlocked before calling the Tx call back API to give the possibility to
+    start again the Transmission under the Tx call back API */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+    hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+#if (USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+    hcec->TxCpltCallback(hcec);
+#else
+    HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(hcec);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+
+  /* ----------------------------Rx/Tx Error Management----------------------------------*/
+  if ((reg & (CEC_ISR_RXOVR | CEC_ISR_BRE | CEC_ISR_SBPE | CEC_ISR_LBPE | CEC_ISR_RXACKE | CEC_ISR_TXUDR | CEC_ISR_TXERR |
+              CEC_ISR_TXACKE)) != 0U)
+  {
+    hcec->ErrorCode = reg;
+    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, HAL_CEC_ERROR_RXOVR | HAL_CEC_ERROR_BRE | CEC_FLAG_LBPE | CEC_FLAG_SBPE |
+                         HAL_CEC_ERROR_RXACKE | HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXUDR | HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXERR | HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXACKE);
+
+
+    if ((reg & (CEC_ISR_RXOVR | CEC_ISR_BRE | CEC_ISR_SBPE | CEC_ISR_LBPE | CEC_ISR_RXACKE)) != 0U)
+    {
+      hcec->Init.RxBuffer -= hcec->RxXferSize;
+      hcec->RxXferSize = 0U;
+      hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+    }
+    else if (((reg & CEC_ISR_ARBLST) == 0U) && ((reg & (CEC_ISR_TXUDR | CEC_ISR_TXERR | CEC_ISR_TXACKE)) != 0U))
+    {
+      /* Set the CEC state ready to be able to start again the process */
+      hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Nothing todo*/
+    }
+#if (USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+    hcec->ErrorCallback(hcec);
+#else
+    /* Error  Call Back */
+    HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback(hcec);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Nothing todo*/
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback
+  * @param hcec CEC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hcec);
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Rx Transfer completed callback
+  * @param hcec CEC handle
+  * @param RxFrameSize Size of frame
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint32_t RxFrameSize)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hcec);
+  UNUSED(RxFrameSize);
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief CEC error callbacks
+  * @param hcec CEC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hcec);
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control function
+  *  @brief   CEC control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control function #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CEC.
+     (+) HAL_CEC_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the CEC peripheral.
+     (+) HAL_CEC_GetError() API can be helpful to check in run-time the error of the CEC peripheral.
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief return the CEC state
+  * @param hcec pointer to a CEC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified CEC module.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef HAL_CEC_GetState(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  uint32_t temp1, temp2;
+  temp1 = hcec->gState;
+  temp2 = hcec->RxState;
+
+  return (HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef)(temp1 | temp2);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the CEC error code
+  * @param  hcec  pointer to a CEC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified CEC.
+  * @retval CEC Error Code
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetError(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  return hcec->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* CEC */
+#endif /* HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_cortex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,513 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_hal_cortex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   CORTEX HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the CORTEX:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+  *  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+    [..]
+    *** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver ***
+    ===========================================================
+    [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ).
+    The Cortex-M4 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
+
+    (#) Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping() function
+
+     (#)  Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
+
+     (#)  Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
+
+
+     -@- When the NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible.
+         The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the sub priority.
+
+     -@- IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority):
+        (+@) Lowest pre-emption priority
+        (+@) Lowest sub priority
+        (+@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number)
+
+    [..]
+    *** How to configure Systick using CORTEX HAL driver ***
+    ========================================================
+    [..]
+    Setup SysTick Timer for time base 
+           
+   (+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config()function calls the SysTick_Config() function which
+       is a CMSIS function that:
+        (++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter.
+        (++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x0FU).
+        (++) Resets the SysTick Counter register.
+        (++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK).
+        (++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt.
+        (++) Starts the SysTick Counter.
+    
+   (+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro
+       __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the
+       HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined
+       inside the stm32f3xx_hal_cortex.h file.
+
+   (+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the
+       HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function 
+       call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function.
+
+   (+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula:
+
+       Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x  Desired Time base (s)
+       (++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
+       (++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/*
+  Additional Tables: CORTEX_NVIC_Priority_Table
+     The table below gives the allowed values of the pre-emption priority and subpriority according
+     to the Priority Grouping configuration performed by HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping() function
+       ==========================================================================================================================
+         NVIC_PriorityGroup   | NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority | NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority  |       Description
+       ==========================================================================================================================
+        NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0  |                0                  |            0U-15             | 0 bits for pre-emption priority
+                              |                                   |                             | 4 bits for subpriority
+       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+        NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1  |                0U-1                |            0U-7              | 1 bits for pre-emption priority
+                              |                                   |                             | 3 bits for subpriority
+       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+        NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2  |                0U-3                |            0U-3              | 2 bits for pre-emption priority
+                              |                                   |                             | 2 bits for subpriority
+       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+        NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3  |                0U-7                |            0U-1              | 3 bits for pre-emption priority
+                              |                                   |                             | 1 bits for subpriority
+       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+        NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4  |                0U-15               |            0                | 4 bits for pre-emption priority
+                              |                                   |                             | 0 bits for subpriority
+       ==========================================================================================================================
+
+*/
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX CORTEX
+  * @brief CORTEX CORTEX HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions CORTEX Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts
+      Systick functionalities
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the priority grouping field (pre-emption priority and subpriority)
+  *         using the required unlock sequence.
+  * @param  PriorityGroup The priority grouping bits length.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for pre-emption priority
+  *                                    4 bits for subpriority
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for pre-emption priority
+  *                                    3 bits for subpriority
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority
+  *                                    2 bits for subpriority
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority
+  *                                    1 bits for subpriority
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority
+  *                                    0 bits for subpriority
+  * @note   When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible.
+  *         The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
+
+  /* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to the PriorityGroup parameter value */
+  NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(PriorityGroup);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the priority of an interrupt.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f3xxxx.h))
+  * @param  PreemptPriority The pre-emption priority for the IRQn channel.
+  *         This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15 as described in the table CORTEX_NVIC_Priority_Table
+  *         A lower priority value indicates a higher priority
+  * @param  SubPriority the subpriority level for the IRQ channel.
+  *         This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15 as described in the table CORTEX_NVIC_Priority_Table
+  *         A lower priority value indicates a higher priority.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
+{
+  uint32_t prioritygroup = 0x00U;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(SubPriority));
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority));
+  
+  prioritygroup = NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
+  
+  NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn, NVIC_EncodePriority(prioritygroup, PreemptPriority, SubPriority));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
+  * @note   To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig()
+  *         function should be called before.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f3xxxx.h))
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+  
+  /* Enable interrupt */
+  NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f3xxxx.h))
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+  
+  /* Disable interrupt */
+  NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void)
+{
+  /* System Reset */
+  NVIC_SystemReset();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer.
+  *         Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
+  * @param  TicksNumb Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
+  * @retval status:  - 0  Function succeeded.
+  *                  - 1  Function failed.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb)
+{
+   return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb);
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief   Cortex control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX
+      (NVIC, SYSTICK, MPU) functionalities.
+
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1U)
+	
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables the MPU also clears the HFNMIENA bit (ARM recommendation) 
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_MPU_Disable(void)
+{
+  /* Disable fault exceptions */
+  SCB->SHCSR &= ~SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk;
+  
+  /* Disable the MPU */
+  MPU->CTRL = 0U;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables the MPU
+  * @param  MPU_Control Specifies the control mode of the MPU during hard fault, 
+  *          NMI, FAULTMASK and privileged access to the default memory 
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE
+  *            @arg MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI
+  *            @arg MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT
+  *            @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_MPU_Enable(uint32_t MPU_Control)
+{
+  /* Enable the MPU */
+  MPU->CTRL   = MPU_Control | MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk;
+  
+  /* Enable fault exceptions */
+  SCB->SHCSR |= SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk;
+}
+	
+	/**
+  * @brief  Initializes and configures the Region and the memory to be protected.
+  * @param  MPU_Init Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the initialization and configuration information.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(MPU_Init->Number));
+  assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(MPU_Init->Enable));
+
+  /* Set the Region number */
+  MPU->RNR = MPU_Init->Number;
+
+  if ((MPU_Init->Enable) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(MPU_Init->DisableExec));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(MPU_Init->AccessPermission));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL(MPU_Init->TypeExtField));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(MPU_Init->IsShareable));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(MPU_Init->IsCacheable));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(MPU_Init->IsBufferable));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(MPU_Init->Size));
+    
+    MPU->RBAR = MPU_Init->BaseAddress;
+    MPU->RASR = ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->DisableExec             << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos)   |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->AccessPermission        << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos)   |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->TypeExtField            << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos)  |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsShareable             << MPU_RASR_S_Pos)    |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsCacheable             << MPU_RASR_C_Pos)    |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsBufferable            << MPU_RASR_B_Pos)    |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable        << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos)  |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Size                    << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Enable                  << MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    MPU->RBAR = 0x00U;
+    MPU->RASR = 0x00U;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller.
+  * @retval Priority grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field)
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void)
+{
+  /* Get the PRIGROUP[10:8] field value */
+  return NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the priority of an interrupt.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f3xxxx.h))
+  * @param   PriorityGroup: the priority grouping bits length.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for pre-emption priority
+  *                                      4 bits for subpriority
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for pre-emption priority
+  *                                      3 bits for subpriority
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority
+  *                                      2 bits for subpriority
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority
+  *                                      1 bits for subpriority
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority
+  *                                      0 bits for subpriority
+  * @param  pPreemptPriority Pointer on the Preemptive priority value (starting from 0).
+  * @param  pSubPriority Pointer on the Subpriority value (starting from 0).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t* pPreemptPriority, uint32_t* pSubPriority)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
+  /* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */
+  NVIC_DecodePriority(NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn), PriorityGroup, pPreemptPriority, pSubPriority);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets Pending bit of an external interrupt.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f3xxxx.h))
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Set interrupt pending */
+  NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets Pending Interrupt (reads the pending register in the NVIC
+  *         and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt).
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f3xxxx.h))
+  * @retval status: - 0  Interrupt status is not pending.
+  *                 - 1  Interrupt status is pending.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Return 1 if pending else 0U */
+  return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f3xxxx.h))
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Clear pending interrupt */
+  NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets active interrupt ( reads the active register in NVIC and returns the active bit).
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f3xxxx.h))
+  * @retval status: - 0  Interrupt status is not pending.
+  *                 - 1  Interrupt status is pending.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Return 1 if active else 0U */
+  return NVIC_GetActive(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the SysTick clock source.
+  * @param  CLKSource specifies the SysTick clock source.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *             @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
+  *             @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource));
+  if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK)
+  {
+    SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles SYSTICK interrupt request.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  HAL_SYSTICK_Callback();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SYSTICK callback.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_crc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,518 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_hal_crc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   CRC HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+         (+) Enable CRC AHB clock using __HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_ENABLE();
+         (+) Initialize CRC calculator
+             (++) specify generating polynomial (peripheral default or non-default one)
+             (++) specify initialization value (peripheral default or non-default one)
+             (++) specify input data format
+             (++) specify input or output data inversion mode if any
+         (+) Use HAL_CRC_Accumulate() function to compute the CRC value of the
+             input data buffer starting with the previously computed CRC as
+             initialization value
+         (+) Use HAL_CRC_Calculate() function to compute the CRC value of the
+             input data buffer starting with the defined initialization value
+             (default or non-default) to initiate CRC calculation
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC CRC
+  * @brief CRC HAL module driver.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Functions CRC Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static uint32_t CRC_Handle_8(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint8_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
+static uint32_t CRC_Handle_16(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint16_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions CRC Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions.
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+            ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize the CRC according to the specified parameters
+          in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
+      (+) DeInitialize the CRC peripheral
+      (+) Initialize the CRC MSP (MCU Specific Package)
+      (+) DeInitialize the CRC MSP
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the CRC according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_Init(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+  /* Check the CRC handle allocation */
+  if (hcrc == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
+
+  if (hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hcrc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    HAL_CRC_MspInit(hcrc);
+  }
+
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* check whether or not non-default generating polynomial has been
+   * picked up by user */
+  assert_param(IS_DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL(hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse));
+  if (hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse == DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE)
+  {
+    /* initialize peripheral with default generating polynomial */
+    WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->POL, DEFAULT_CRC32_POLY);
+    MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_POLYSIZE, CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* initialize CRC peripheral with generating polynomial defined by user */
+    if (HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(hcrc, hcrc->Init.GeneratingPolynomial, hcrc->Init.CRCLength) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* check whether or not non-default CRC initial value has been
+   * picked up by user */
+  assert_param(IS_DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE(hcrc->Init.DefaultInitValueUse));
+  if (hcrc->Init.DefaultInitValueUse == DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE)
+  {
+    WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->INIT, DEFAULT_CRC_INITVALUE);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->INIT, hcrc->Init.InitValue);
+  }
+
+
+  /* set input data inversion mode */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(hcrc->Init.InputDataInversionMode));
+  MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_IN, hcrc->Init.InputDataInversionMode);
+
+  /* set output data inversion mode */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(hcrc->Init.OutputDataInversionMode));
+  MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_OUT, hcrc->Init.OutputDataInversionMode);
+
+  /* makes sure the input data format (bytes, halfwords or words stream)
+   * is properly specified by user */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT(hcrc->InputDataFormat));
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitialize the CRC peripheral.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+  /* Check the CRC handle allocation */
+  if (hcrc == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
+
+  /* Check the CRC peripheral state */
+  if (hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Reset CRC calculation unit */
+  __HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
+
+  /* Reset IDR register content */
+  CLEAR_BIT(hcrc->Instance->IDR, CRC_IDR_IDR);
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(hcrc);
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRC MSP.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_CRC_MspInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hcrc);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CRC_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitialize the CRC MSP.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hcrc);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CRC_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+  *  @brief    management functions.
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
+          using combination of the previous CRC value and the new one.
+
+       [..]  or
+
+      (+) compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
+          independently of the previous CRC value.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
+  *         starting with the previously computed CRC as initialization value.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @param  pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is
+  *         provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
+  * @param  BufferLength input data buffer length (number of bytes if pBuffer
+  *         type is * uint8_t, number of half-words if pBuffer type is * uint16_t,
+  *         number of words if pBuffer type is * uint32_t).
+  * @note  By default, the API expects a uint32_t pointer as input buffer parameter.
+  *        Input buffer pointers with other types simply need to be cast in uint32_t
+  *        and the API will internally adjust its input data processing based on the
+  *        handle field hcrc->InputDataFormat.
+  * @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_CRC_Accumulate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
+{
+  uint32_t index;      /* CRC input data buffer index */
+  uint32_t temp = 0U;  /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  switch (hcrc->InputDataFormat)
+  {
+    case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS:
+      /* Enter Data to the CRC calculator */
+      for (index = 0U; index < BufferLength; index++)
+      {
+        hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
+      }
+      temp = hcrc->Instance->DR;
+      break;
+
+    case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES:
+      temp = CRC_Handle_8(hcrc, (uint8_t *)pBuffer, BufferLength);
+      break;
+
+    case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS:
+      temp = CRC_Handle_16(hcrc, (uint16_t *)(void *)pBuffer, BufferLength);    /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return the CRC computed value */
+  return temp;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
+  *         starting with hcrc->Instance->INIT as initialization value.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @param  pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is
+  *         provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
+  * @param  BufferLength input data buffer length (number of bytes if pBuffer
+  *         type is * uint8_t, number of half-words if pBuffer type is * uint16_t,
+  *         number of words if pBuffer type is * uint32_t).
+  * @note  By default, the API expects a uint32_t pointer as input buffer parameter.
+  *        Input buffer pointers with other types simply need to be cast in uint32_t
+  *        and the API will internally adjust its input data processing based on the
+  *        handle field hcrc->InputDataFormat.
+  * @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_CRC_Calculate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
+{
+  uint32_t index;      /* CRC input data buffer index */
+  uint32_t temp = 0U;  /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Reset CRC Calculation Unit (hcrc->Instance->INIT is
+  *  written in hcrc->Instance->DR) */
+  __HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
+
+  switch (hcrc->InputDataFormat)
+  {
+    case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS:
+      /* Enter 32-bit input data to the CRC calculator */
+      for (index = 0U; index < BufferLength; index++)
+      {
+        hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
+      }
+      temp = hcrc->Instance->DR;
+      break;
+
+    case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES:
+      /* Specific 8-bit input data handling  */
+      temp = CRC_Handle_8(hcrc, (uint8_t *)pBuffer, BufferLength);
+      break;
+
+    case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS:
+      /* Specific 16-bit input data handling  */
+      temp = CRC_Handle_16(hcrc, (uint16_t *)(void *)pBuffer, BufferLength);    /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return the CRC computed value */
+  return temp;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions
+  *  @brief    Peripheral State functions.
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the CRC handle state.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef HAL_CRC_GetState(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+  /* Return CRC handle state */
+  return hcrc->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup CRC_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enter 8-bit input data to the CRC calculator.
+  *         Specific data handling to optimize processing time.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @param  pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer
+  * @param  BufferLength input data buffer length
+  * @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
+  */
+static uint32_t CRC_Handle_8(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint8_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
+{
+  uint32_t i; /* input data buffer index */
+  uint16_t data;
+  __IO uint16_t *pReg;
+
+  /* Processing time optimization: 4 bytes are entered in a row with a single word write,
+   * last bytes must be carefully fed to the CRC calculator to ensure a correct type
+   * handling by the peripheral */
+  for (i = 0U; i < (BufferLength / 4U); i++)
+  {
+    hcrc->Instance->DR = ((uint32_t)pBuffer[4U * i] << 24U) | \
+                         ((uint32_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 1U] << 16U) | \
+                         ((uint32_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 2U] << 8U)  | \
+                         (uint32_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 3U];
+  }
+  /* last bytes specific handling */
+  if ((BufferLength % 4U) != 0U)
+  {
+    if ((BufferLength % 4U) == 1U)
+    {
+      *(__IO uint8_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[4U * i];         /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
+    }
+    if ((BufferLength % 4U) == 2U)
+    {
+      data = ((uint16_t)(pBuffer[4U * i]) << 8U) | (uint16_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 1U];
+      pReg = (__IO uint16_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR);                    /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
+      *pReg = data;
+    }
+    if ((BufferLength % 4U) == 3U)
+    {
+      data = ((uint16_t)(pBuffer[4U * i]) << 8U) | (uint16_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 1U];
+      pReg = (__IO uint16_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR);                    /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
+      *pReg = data;
+
+      *(__IO uint8_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[(4U * i) + 2U];  /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Return the CRC computed value */
+  return hcrc->Instance->DR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enter 16-bit input data to the CRC calculator.
+  *         Specific data handling to optimize processing time.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @param  pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer
+  * @param  BufferLength input data buffer length
+  * @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
+  */
+static uint32_t CRC_Handle_16(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint16_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
+{
+  uint32_t i;  /* input data buffer index */
+  __IO uint16_t *pReg;
+
+  /* Processing time optimization: 2 HalfWords are entered in a row with a single word write,
+   * in case of odd length, last HalfWord must be carefully fed to the CRC calculator to ensure
+   * a correct type handling by the peripheral */
+  for (i = 0U; i < (BufferLength / 2U); i++)
+  {
+    hcrc->Instance->DR = ((uint32_t)pBuffer[2U * i] << 16U) | (uint32_t)pBuffer[(2U * i) + 1U];
+  }
+  if ((BufferLength % 2U) != 0U)
+  {
+    pReg = (__IO uint16_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR);                 /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
+    *pReg = pBuffer[2U * i];
+  }
+
+  /* Return the CRC computed value */
+  return hcrc->Instance->DR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_crc_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_hal_crc_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Extended CRC HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the extended
+  *          functionalities of the CRC peripheral.
+  *
+  @verbatim
+================================================================================
+            ##### How to use this driver #####
+================================================================================
+    [..]
+         (+) Set user-defined generating polynomial through HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set()
+         (+) Configure Input or Output data inversion
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRCEx CRCEx
+  * @brief CRC Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CRCEx_Exported_Functions CRC Extended Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Initialization/de-initialization functions
+  * @brief    Extended Initialization and Configuration functions.
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+            ##### Extended configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure the generating polynomial
+      (+) Configure the input data inversion
+      (+) Configure the output data inversion
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the CRC polynomial if different from default one.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @param  Pol CRC generating polynomial (7, 8, 16 or 32-bit long).
+  *         This parameter is written in normal representation, e.g.
+  *         @arg for a polynomial of degree 7, X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1 is written 0x65
+  *         @arg for a polynomial of degree 16, X^16 + X^12 + X^5 + 1 is written 0x1021
+  * @param  PolyLength CRC polynomial length.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B  7-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 7)
+  *          @arg @ref CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B  8-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 8)
+  *          @arg @ref CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B 16-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 16)
+  *          @arg @ref CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B 32-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 32)
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t Pol, uint32_t PolyLength)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  uint32_t msb = 31U; /* polynomial degree is 32 at most, so msb is initialized to max value */
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_POL_LENGTH(PolyLength));
+
+  /* check polynomial definition vs polynomial size:
+   * polynomial length must be aligned with polynomial
+   * definition. HAL_ERROR is reported if Pol degree is
+   * larger than that indicated by PolyLength.
+   * Look for MSB position: msb will contain the degree of
+   *  the second to the largest polynomial member. E.g., for
+   *  X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1, msb = 6. */
+  while ((msb-- > 0U) && ((Pol & ((uint32_t)(0x1U) << (msb & 0x1FU))) == 0U))
+  {
+  }
+
+  switch (PolyLength)
+  {
+    case CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B:
+      if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_7B)
+      {
+        status =   HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    case CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B:
+      if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_8B)
+      {
+        status =   HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    case CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B:
+      if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_16B)
+      {
+        status =   HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B:
+      /* no polynomial definition vs. polynomial length issue possible */
+      break;
+    default:
+      status =  HAL_ERROR;
+      break;
+  }
+  if (status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* set generating polynomial */
+    WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->POL, Pol);
+
+    /* set generating polynomial size */
+    MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_POLYSIZE, PolyLength);
+  }
+  /* Return function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the Reverse Input data mode.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @param  InputReverseMode Input Data inversion mode.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_NONE     no change in bit order (default value)
+  *          @arg @ref CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE     Byte-wise bit reversal
+  *          @arg @ref CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD HalfWord-wise bit reversal
+  *          @arg @ref CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD     Word-wise bit reversal
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Input_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t InputReverseMode)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(InputReverseMode));
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* set input data inversion mode */
+  MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_IN, InputReverseMode);
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the Reverse Output data mode.
+  * @param  hcrc CRC handle
+  * @param  OutputReverseMode Output Data inversion mode.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLE no CRC inversion (default value)
+  *          @arg @ref CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLE  bit-level inversion (e.g. for a 8-bit CRC: 0xB5 becomes 0xAD)
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Output_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t OutputReverseMode)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(OutputReverseMode));
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* set output data inversion mode */
+  MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_OUT, OutputReverseMode);
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_dma.c

@@ -0,0 +1,900 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_hal_dma.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   DMA HAL module driver.
+  *    
+  *         This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *         functionalities of the Direct Memory Access (DMA) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral State and errors functions
+  @verbatim     
+  ==============================================================================      
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ============================================================================== 
+  [..]
+   (#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Channel
+       (except for internal SRAM / FLASH memories: no initialization is 
+       necessary). Please refer to Reference manual for connection between peripherals
+       and DMA requests .
+
+   (#) For a given Channel, program the required configuration through the following parameters:   
+       Transfer Direction, Source and Destination data formats, 
+       Circular or Normal mode, Channel Priority level, Source and Destination Increment mode, 
+       using HAL_DMA_Init() function.
+
+   (#) Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error 
+       detection.
+                    
+   (#) Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer
+                   
+     -@-   In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Circular mode is not allowed.
+     *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+     =================================   
+    [..] 
+      (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source 
+          address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred
+      (+) Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer, in this  
+          case a fixed Timeout can be configured by User depending from his application.
+
+     *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***    
+     =================================== 
+    [..]
+      (+) Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
+      (+) Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() 
+      (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of  
+          Source address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred. 
+          In this case the DMA interrupt is configured 
+      (+) Use HAL_DMA_Channel_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
+      (+) At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can 
+          add his own function by customization of function pointer XferCpltCallback and 
+          XferErrorCallback (i.e a member of DMA handle structure). 
+
+     *** DMA HAL driver macros list ***
+     ============================================= 
+     [..]
+       Below the list of most used macros in DMA HAL driver.
+
+     [..] 
+      (@) You can refer to the DMA HAL driver header file for more useful macros  
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */ 
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA DMA
+  * @brief DMA HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions DMA Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
+static void DMA_CalcBaseAndBitshift(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions DMA Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief   Initialization and de-initialization functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+             ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions  #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Channel source
+    and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction, 
+    circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection and Channel priority value.
+    [..]
+    The HAL_DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in
+    reference manual.  
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the DMA according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the DMA_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+  * @param  hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.  
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{ 
+  uint32_t tmp = 0U;
+  
+  /* Check the DMA handle allocation */
+  if(NULL == hdma)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_DIRECTION(hdma->Init.Direction));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.PeriphInc));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.MemInc));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(hdma->Init.Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(hdma->Init.Priority));
+  
+  /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Get the CR register value */
+  tmp = hdma->Instance->CCR;
+  
+  /* Clear PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC, DIR bits */
+  tmp &= ((uint32_t)~(DMA_CCR_PL    | DMA_CCR_MSIZE  | DMA_CCR_PSIZE  | \
+                      DMA_CCR_MINC  | DMA_CCR_PINC   | DMA_CCR_CIRC   | \
+                      DMA_CCR_DIR));
+  
+  /* Prepare the DMA Channel configuration */
+  tmp |=  hdma->Init.Direction        |
+          hdma->Init.PeriphInc           | hdma->Init.MemInc           |
+          hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment | hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment |
+          hdma->Init.Mode                | hdma->Init.Priority;
+
+  /* Write to DMA Channel CR register */
+  hdma->Instance->CCR = tmp;  
+  
+  /* Initialize DmaBaseAddress and ChannelIndex parameters used 
+     by HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() and HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() */
+  DMA_CalcBaseAndBitshift(hdma);
+  
+  /* Initialise the error code */
+  hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Initialize the DMA state*/
+  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+  
+  /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+  hdma->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+  
+  return HAL_OK;
+}  
+  
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitialize the DMA peripheral 
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.  
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  /* Check the DMA handle allocation */
+  if(NULL == hdma)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
+
+  /* Disable the selected DMA Channelx */
+  hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_CCR_EN;
+
+  /* Reset DMA Channel control register */
+  hdma->Instance->CCR  = 0U;
+
+  /* Reset DMA Channel Number of Data to Transfer register */
+  hdma->Instance->CNDTR = 0U;
+
+  /* Reset DMA Channel peripheral address register */
+  hdma->Instance->CPAR  = 0U;
+  
+  /* Reset DMA Channel memory address register */
+  hdma->Instance->CMAR = 0U;
+
+  /* Get DMA Base Address */  
+  DMA_CalcBaseAndBitshift(hdma);
+
+  /* Clear all flags */
+  hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+
+  /* Clean callbacks */
+  hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
+  hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+  hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
+  hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+  /* Reset the error code */
+  hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Reset the DMA state */
+  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions 
+ *  @brief   I/O operation functions  
+ *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+                      #####  IO operation functions  #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer
+      (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and 
+          Start DMA transfer with interrupt
+      (+) Abort DMA transfer
+      (+) Poll for transfer complete
+      (+) Handle DMA interrupt request  
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Start the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param  hdma      : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                     the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.  
+  * @param  SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+	HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
+  
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+  
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
+  {
+  	/* Change DMA peripheral state */  
+  	hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
+  	
+  	hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+  	
+  	/* Disable the peripheral */
+  	hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_CCR_EN;  
+  	
+  	/* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
+  	DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
+  	
+  	/* Enable the Peripheral */
+  	hdma->Instance->CCR |= DMA_CCR_EN;  
+  }
+  else
+  {
+  	/* Process Unlocked */
+  	__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+  	
+  	/* Remain BUSY */
+  	status = HAL_BUSY;
+  }  
+
+  return status; 
+} 
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Start the DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
+  * @param  hdma       pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                     the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.  
+  * @param  SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+	HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
+  
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+  
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
+  {
+  	/* Change DMA peripheral state */  
+  	hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
+  	
+  	hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+  	
+  	/* Disable the peripheral */
+  	hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_CCR_EN;
+  	
+  	/* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */  
+  	DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
+  	
+  	/* Enable the transfer complete, & transfer error interrupts */
+  	/* Half transfer interrupt is optional: enable it only if associated callback is available */
+    if(NULL != hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback )
+    {
+      hdma->Instance->CCR |= (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE);
+    }
+  	else
+  	{
+  		hdma->Instance->CCR |= (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_TE);
+  		hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_IT_HT;
+  	}
+  	
+  	/* Enable the Peripheral */
+  	hdma->Instance->CCR |= DMA_CCR_EN;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+  	/* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); 
+  
+    /* Remain BUSY */
+    status = HAL_BUSY;
+  }     
+  
+  return status;    
+} 
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Abort the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param  hdma  : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                 the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  if(hdma->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    /* no transfer ongoing */
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER;
+    
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+    
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable DMA IT */
+     hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~(DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE);
+    
+    /* Disable the channel */
+    hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_CCR_EN;
+    
+    /* Clear all flags */
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex);
+  }
+  /* Change the DMA state*/
+  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; 
+  
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+  
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Abort the DMA Transfer in Interrupt mode.
+  * @param  hdma  : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                 the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{  
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY != hdma->State)
+  {
+    /* no transfer ongoing */
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER;
+        
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  { 
+  
+    /* Disable DMA IT */
+    hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~(DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE);
+    
+    /* Disable the channel */
+    hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_CCR_EN;
+    
+    /* Clear all flags */
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+    
+    /* Change the DMA state */
+    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+    
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+    
+    /* Call User Abort callback */ 
+    if(hdma->XferAbortCallback != NULL)
+    {
+      hdma->XferAbortCallback(hdma);
+    } 
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Polling for transfer complete.
+  * @param  hdma    pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                  the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @param  CompleteLevel Specifies the DMA level complete.  
+  * @param  Timeout       Timeout duration.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t temp;
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+  
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY != hdma->State)
+  {
+    /* no transfer ongoing */
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER;
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  /* Polling mode not supported in circular mode */
+  if (RESET != (hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC))
+  {
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  /* Get the level transfer complete flag */
+  if(HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER == CompleteLevel)
+  {
+    /* Transfer Complete flag */
+    temp = DMA_FLAG_TC1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Half Transfer Complete flag */
+    temp = DMA_FLAG_HT1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+  }
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while(RESET == (hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR & temp))
+  {
+    if(RESET != (hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR & (DMA_FLAG_TE1 << hdma->ChannelIndex)))
+    {      
+      /* When a DMA transfer error occurs */
+      /* A hardware clear of its EN bits is performed */
+      /* Clear all flags */
+      hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+      
+      /* Update error code */
+      hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE;
+
+      /* Change the DMA state */
+      hdma->State= HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;       
+      
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+      
+      return HAL_ERROR;      
+    }      
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout))
+      {
+        /* Update error code */
+        hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+        
+        /* Change the DMA state */
+        hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if(HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER == CompleteLevel)
+  {
+    /* Clear the transfer complete flag */
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_TC1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+
+    /* The selected Channelx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and 
+    all transfers are complete) */
+    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+  }
+  else
+  { 
+    /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_HT1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+  }
+  
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);  
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle DMA interrupt request.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.  
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+	uint32_t flag_it = hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR;
+  uint32_t source_it = hdma->Instance->CCR;
+          
+  /* Half Transfer Complete Interrupt management ******************************/
+  if ((RESET != (flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_HT1 << hdma->ChannelIndex))) && (RESET != (source_it & DMA_IT_HT)))
+  {
+  	/* Disable the half transfer interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */
+  	if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U)
+  	{
+  		/* Disable the half transfer interrupt */
+  		hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_IT_HT;
+  	}
+  	
+  	/* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
+  	hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_HT1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+  	
+  	/* DMA peripheral state is not updated in Half Transfer */
+  	/* State is updated only in Transfer Complete case */
+  	
+  	if(hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback != NULL)
+  	{
+  		/* Half transfer callback */
+  		hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback(hdma);
+  	}
+  }
+  
+  /* Transfer Complete Interrupt management ***********************************/
+  else if ((RESET != (flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_TC1 << hdma->ChannelIndex))) && (RESET != (source_it & DMA_IT_TC)))
+  {
+  	if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U)
+  	{
+  		/* Disable the transfer complete  & transfer error interrupts */
+  		/* if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */
+  		hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~(DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_TE);
+  		
+  		/* Change the DMA state */
+  		hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+  	}
+  	
+  	/* Clear the transfer complete flag */
+  	hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_TC1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+  	
+  	/* Process Unlocked */
+  	__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+  	
+  	if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL)
+  	{
+  		/* Transfer complete callback */
+  		hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma);
+  	}
+  }
+  
+  /* Transfer Error Interrupt management ***************************************/
+  else if (( RESET != (flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_TE1 << hdma->ChannelIndex))) && (RESET != (source_it & DMA_IT_TE)))
+  {
+  	/* When a DMA transfer error occurs */
+    /* A hardware clear of its EN bits is performed */
+    /* Then, disable all DMA interrupts */
+    hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~(DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE);
+    
+    /* Clear all flags */
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+    
+    /* Update error code */
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE;
+    
+    /* Change the DMA state */
+    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;    
+    
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); 
+    
+    if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
+    {
+    	/* Transfer error callback */
+    	hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
+    }
+  }
+}  
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Register callbacks
+  * @param  hdma                 pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                               the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
+  * @param  CallbackID           User Callback identifer
+  *                               a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter.
+  * @param  pCallback            pointer to private callback function which has pointer to 
+  *                               a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure as parameter.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */                          
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_RegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (* pCallback)( DMA_HandleTypeDef * _hdma))
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+  
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferCpltCallback = pCallback;
+           break;
+       
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+           break;         
+
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferErrorCallback = pCallback;
+           break;         
+           
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferAbortCallback = pCallback;
+           break; 
+           
+     default:
+           status = HAL_ERROR;
+           break;                                                            
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  } 
+  
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+  
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  UnRegister callbacks
+  * @param  hdma                 pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                               the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
+  * @param  CallbackID           User Callback identifer
+  *                               a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */              
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_UnRegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+    /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+  
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
+           break;
+       
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+           break;         
+
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
+           break;         
+           
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+           break; 
+     
+    case   HAL_DMA_XFER_ALL_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
+           hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+           hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
+           hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+           break; 
+     
+    default:
+           status = HAL_ERROR;
+           break;                                                            
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  } 
+  
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+  
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions
+ *  @brief    Peripheral State functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+                    ##### State and Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides functions allowing to
+      (+) Check the DMA state
+      (+) Get error code
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */  
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the DMA state.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.  
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  return hdma->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the DMA error code
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @retval DMA Error Code
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  return hdma->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the DMA Transfer parameters.
+  * @param  hdma       pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                     the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.  
+  * @param  SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+	/* Clear all flags */
+  hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR  = (DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex);
+  
+  /* Configure DMA Channel data length */
+  hdma->Instance->CNDTR = DataLength;
+  
+  /* Peripheral to Memory */
+  if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH)
+  {   
+    /* Configure DMA Channel destination address */
+    hdma->Instance->CPAR = DstAddress;
+    
+    /* Configure DMA Channel source address */
+    hdma->Instance->CMAR = SrcAddress;
+  }
+  /* Memory to Peripheral */
+  else
+  {
+    /* Configure DMA Channel source address */
+    hdma->Instance->CPAR = SrcAddress;
+    
+    /* Configure DMA Channel destination address */
+    hdma->Instance->CMAR = DstAddress;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the DMA base address and channel index depending on DMA instance
+  * @param  hdma       pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                     the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. 
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void DMA_CalcBaseAndBitshift(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+#if defined (DMA2)
+  /* calculation of the channel index */
+  if ((uint32_t)(hdma->Instance) < (uint32_t)(DMA2_Channel1))
+  {
+    /* DMA1 */
+    hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2U;
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1;
+  }
+  else 
+  {
+    /* DMA2 */
+    hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1)) << 2U;
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA2;
+  }
+#else
+  /* calculation of the channel index */
+  /* DMA1 */
+  hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2U;
+  hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1;
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+  /**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_exti.c

@@ -0,0 +1,621 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_hal_exti.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   EXTI HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Extended Interrupts and events controller (EXTI) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### EXTI Peripheral features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    (+) Each Exti line can be configured within this driver.
+
+    (+) Exti line can be configured in 3 different modes
+        (++) Interrupt
+        (++) Event
+        (++) Both of them
+
+    (+) Configurable Exti lines can be configured with 3 different triggers
+        (++) Rising
+        (++) Falling
+        (++) Both of them
+
+    (+) When set in interrupt mode, configurable Exti lines have two different
+        interrupts pending registers which allow to distinguish which transition
+        occurs:
+        (++) Rising edge pending interrupt
+        (++) Falling
+
+    (+) Exti lines 0 to 15 are linked to gpio pin number 0 to 15. Gpio port can
+        be selected through multiplexer.
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+
+    (#) Configure the EXTI line using HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine().
+        (++) Choose the interrupt line number by setting "Line" member from
+             EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
+        (++) Configure the interrupt and/or event mode using "Mode" member from
+             EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
+        (++) For configurable lines, configure rising and/or falling trigger
+             "Trigger" member from EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
+        (++) For Exti lines linked to gpio, choose gpio port using "GPIOSel"
+             member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
+
+    (#) Get current Exti configuration of a dedicated line using
+        HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine().
+        (++) Provide exiting handle as parameter.
+        (++) Provide pointer on EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure as second parameter.
+
+    (#) Clear Exti configuration of a dedicated line using HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine().
+        (++) Provide exiting handle as parameter.
+
+    (#) Register callback to treat Exti interrupts using HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback().
+        (++) Provide exiting handle as first parameter.
+        (++) Provide which callback will be registered using one value from
+             EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef.
+        (++) Provide callback function pointer.
+
+    (#) Get interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending().
+
+    (#) Clear interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending().
+
+    (#) Generate software interrupt using HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI().
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2019 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI
+  * @{
+  */
+/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rule:
+  * Rule-18.1_b - Medium: Array `EXTICR' 1st subscript interval [0,7] may be out
+  * of bounds [0,3] in following API :
+  * HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine
+  * HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine
+  * HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Constants EXTI Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define EXTI_MODE_OFFSET                    0x08u   /* 0x20: offset between CPU IMR/EMR registers */
+#define EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET                  0x08u   /* 0x20: offset between CPU Rising/Falling configuration registers */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group1
+  * @brief    Configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @param  pExtiConfig Pointer on EXTI configuration to be set.
+  * @retval HAL Status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t *regaddr;
+  uint32_t regval;
+  uint32_t linepos;
+  uint32_t maskline;
+  uint32_t offset;
+
+  /* Check null pointer */
+  if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL))
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(pExtiConfig->Line));
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_MODE(pExtiConfig->Mode));
+
+  /* Assign line number to handle */
+  hexti->Line = pExtiConfig->Line;
+
+  /* Compute line register offset and line mask */
+  offset = ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
+  linepos = (pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
+  maskline = (1uL << linepos);
+
+  /* Configure triggers for configurable lines */
+  if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(pExtiConfig->Trigger));
+
+    /* Configure rising trigger */
+    regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+    regval = *regaddr;
+
+    /* Mask or set line */
+    if ((pExtiConfig->Trigger & EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING) != 0x00u)
+    {
+      regval |= maskline;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      regval &= ~maskline;
+    }
+
+    /* Store rising trigger mode */
+    *regaddr = regval;
+
+    /* Configure falling trigger */
+    regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+    regval = *regaddr;
+
+    /* Mask or set line */
+    if ((pExtiConfig->Trigger & EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING) != 0x00u)
+    {
+      regval |= maskline;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      regval &= ~maskline;
+    }
+
+    /* Store falling trigger mode */
+    *regaddr = regval;
+
+    /* Configure gpio port selection in case of gpio exti line */
+    if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PORT(pExtiConfig->GPIOSel));
+      assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
+
+      regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
+      regval &= ~(SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI0 << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
+      regval |= (pExtiConfig->GPIOSel << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
+      SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u] = regval;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Configure interrupt mode : read current mode */
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
+  regval = *regaddr;
+
+  /* Mask or set line */
+  if ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    regval |= maskline;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    regval &= ~maskline;
+  }
+
+  /* Store interrupt mode */
+  *regaddr = regval;
+
+  /* Configure event mode : read current mode */
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
+  regval = *regaddr;
+
+  /* Mask or set line */
+  if ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_EVENT) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    regval |= maskline;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    regval &= ~maskline;
+  }
+
+  /* Store event mode */
+  *regaddr = regval;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @param  pExtiConfig Pointer on structure to store Exti configuration.
+  * @retval HAL Status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t *regaddr;
+  uint32_t regval;
+  uint32_t linepos;
+  uint32_t maskline;
+  uint32_t offset;
+
+  /* Check null pointer */
+  if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL))
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+
+  /* Store handle line number to configuration structure */
+  pExtiConfig->Line = hexti->Line;
+
+  /* compute line register offset and line mask */
+  offset = ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
+  linepos = (pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
+  maskline = (1uL << linepos);
+
+  /* 1] Get core mode : interrupt */
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
+  regval = *regaddr;
+
+  /* Check if selected line is enable */
+  if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_NONE;
+  }
+
+  /* Get event mode */
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
+  regval = *regaddr;
+
+  /* Check if selected line is enable */
+  if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    pExtiConfig->Mode |= EXTI_MODE_EVENT;
+  }
+
+  /* Get default Trigger and GPIOSel configuration */
+  pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE;
+  pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = 0x00u;
+
+  /* 2] Get trigger for configurable lines : rising */
+  if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+    regval = *regaddr;
+
+    /* Check if configuration of selected line is enable */
+    if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
+    {
+      pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING;
+    }
+
+    /* Get falling configuration */
+    regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+    regval = *regaddr;
+
+    /* Check if configuration of selected line is enable */
+    if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
+    {
+      pExtiConfig->Trigger |= EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING;
+    }
+
+    /* Get Gpio port selection for gpio lines */
+    if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
+
+      regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
+      pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = ((regval << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (3uL - (linepos & 0x03u)))) >> 24);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clear whole configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @retval HAL Status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t *regaddr;
+  uint32_t regval;
+  uint32_t linepos;
+  uint32_t maskline;
+  uint32_t offset;
+
+  /* Check null pointer */
+  if (hexti == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+
+  /* compute line register offset and line mask */
+  offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
+  linepos = (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
+  maskline = (1uL << linepos);
+
+  /* 1] Clear interrupt mode */
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
+  regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
+  *regaddr = regval;
+
+  /* 2] Clear event mode */
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
+  regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
+  *regaddr = regval;
+
+  /* 3] Clear triggers in case of configurable lines */
+  if ((hexti->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+    regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
+    *regaddr = regval;
+
+    regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+    regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
+    *regaddr = regval;
+
+    /* Get Gpio port selection for gpio lines */
+    if ((hexti->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
+
+      regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
+      regval &= ~(SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI0 << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
+      SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u] = regval;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Register callback for a dedicated Exti line.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @param  CallbackID User callback identifier.
+  *         This parameter can be one of @arg @ref EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef values.
+  * @param  pPendingCbfn function pointer to be stored as callback.
+  * @retval HAL Status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (*pPendingCbfn)(void))
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  switch (CallbackID)
+  {
+    case  HAL_EXTI_COMMON_CB_ID:
+      hexti->PendingCallback = pPendingCbfn;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Store line number as handle private field.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @param  ExtiLine Exti line number.
+  *         This parameter can be from 0 to @ref EXTI_LINE_NB.
+  * @retval HAL Status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetHandle(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t ExtiLine)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(ExtiLine));
+
+  /* Check null pointer */
+  if (hexti == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Store line number as handle private field */
+    hexti->Line = ExtiLine;
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group2
+  *  @brief EXTI IO functions.
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                       ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle EXTI interrupt request.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @retval none.
+  */
+void HAL_EXTI_IRQHandler(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t *regaddr;
+  uint32_t regval;
+  uint32_t maskline;
+  uint32_t offset;
+
+  /* Compute line register offset and line mask */
+  offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
+  maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
+
+  /* Get pending bit  */
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->PR + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+  regval = (*regaddr & maskline);
+
+  if (regval != 0x00u)
+  {
+    /* Clear pending bit */
+    EXTI->PR = maskline;
+
+    /* Call callback */
+    if (hexti->PendingCallback != NULL)
+    {
+      hexti->PendingCallback();
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @param  Edge Specify which pending edge as to be checked.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING
+  *         This parameter is kept for compatibility with other series.
+  * @retval 1 if interrupt is pending else 0.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_EXTI_GetPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t *regaddr;
+  uint32_t regval;
+  uint32_t linepos;
+  uint32_t maskline;
+  uint32_t offset;
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge));
+
+  /* compute line register offset and line mask */
+  offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
+  linepos = (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
+  maskline = (1uL << linepos);
+
+  /* Get pending bit  */
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->PR + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+  /* return 1 if bit is set else 0 */
+  regval = ((*regaddr & maskline) >> linepos);
+  return regval;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clear interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @param  Edge Specify which pending edge as to be clear.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING
+  *         This parameter is kept for compatibility with other series.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void HAL_EXTI_ClearPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t *regaddr;
+  uint32_t maskline;
+  uint32_t offset;
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge));
+
+  /* compute line register offset and line mask */
+  offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
+  maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
+
+  /* Get pending bit  */
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->PR + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+
+  /* Clear Pending bit */
+  *regaddr =  maskline;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Generate a software interrupt for a dedicated line.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t *regaddr;
+  uint32_t maskline;
+  uint32_t offset;
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
+
+  /* compute line register offset and line mask */
+  offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
+  maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
+
+  regaddr = (&EXTI->SWIER + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
+  *regaddr = maskline;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_flash.c

@@ -0,0 +1,695 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_hal_flash.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   FLASH HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *          functionalities of the internal FLASH memory:
+  *           + Program operations functions
+  *           + Memory Control functions 
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *         
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### FLASH peripheral features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses 
+       to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations 
+       and the read and write protection mechanisms.
+
+  [..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction
+      prefetch. 
+
+  [..] The FLASH main features are:
+      (+) Flash memory read operations
+      (+) Flash memory program/erase operations
+      (+) Read / write protections
+      (+) Prefetch on I-Code
+      (+) Option Bytes programming
+
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]                             
+      This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH 
+      memory of all STM32F3xx devices.
+    
+      (#) FLASH Memory I/O Programming functions: this group includes all needed
+          functions to erase and program the main memory:
+        (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface
+        (++) Erase function: Erase page, erase all pages
+        (++) Program functions: half word, word and doubleword
+      (#) FLASH Option Bytes Programming functions: this group includes all needed
+          functions to manage the Option Bytes:
+        (++) Lock and Unlock the Option Bytes
+        (++) Set/Reset the write protection
+        (++) Set the Read protection Level
+        (++) Program the user Option Bytes
+        (++) Launch the Option Bytes loader
+        (++) Erase Option Bytes
+        (++) Program the data Option Bytes
+        (++) Get the Write protection.
+        (++) Get the user option bytes.
+    
+      (#) Interrupts and flags management functions : this group 
+          includes all needed functions to:
+        (++) Handle FLASH interrupts
+        (++) Wait for last FLASH operation according to its status
+        (++) Get error flag status
+
+  [..] In addition to these function, this driver includes a set of macros allowing
+       to handle the following operations:
+      
+      (+) Set/Get the latency
+      (+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer
+      (+) Enable/Disable the half cycle access
+      (+) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupts
+      (+) Monitor the FLASH flags status
+          
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH
+  * @brief FLASH HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Constants FLASH Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro ---------------------------- ---------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Macros FLASH Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+ 
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Variables FLASH Private Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Variables used for Erase pages under interruption*/
+FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash;
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions FLASH Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static  void   FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data);
+static  void   FLASH_SetErrorCode(void);
+extern void    FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions 
+  *  @brief   Programming operation functions 
+  *
+@verbatim   
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program halfword, word or double word at a specified address
+  * @note   The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
+  *         The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface
+  *
+  * @note   If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,    
+  *         the erase operation is performed before the program one.
+  *  
+  * @note   FLASH should be previously erased before new programming (only exception to this 
+  *         is when 0x0000 is programmed)
+  *
+  * @param  TypeProgram   Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
+  *                       This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
+  * @param  Address       Specifie the address to be programmed.
+  * @param  Data          Specifie the data to be programmed
+  * 
+  * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+  uint8_t index = 0U;
+  uint8_t nbiterations = 0U;
+  
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+  
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD)
+    {
+      /* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */
+      nbiterations = 1U;
+    }
+    else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD)
+    {
+      /* Program word (32-bit = 2*16-bit) at a specified address. */
+      nbiterations = 2U;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Program double word (64-bit = 4*16-bit) at a specified address. */
+      nbiterations = 4U;
+    }
+
+    for (index = 0U; index < nbiterations; index++)
+    {
+      FLASH_Program_HalfWord((Address + (2U*index)), (uint16_t)(Data >> (16U*index)));
+
+        /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+        status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+    
+        /* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
+        CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
+      /* In case of error, stop programming procedure */
+      if (status != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program halfword, word or double word at a specified address  with interrupt enabled.
+  * @note   The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
+  *         The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface
+  *
+  * @note   If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,    
+  *         the erase operation is performed before the program one.
+  *
+  * @param  TypeProgram  Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
+  *                      This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
+  * @param  Address      Specifie the address to be programmed.
+  * @param  Data         Specifie the data to be programmed
+  * 
+  * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+  /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
+  __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR);
+  
+  pFlash.Address = Address;
+  pFlash.Data = Data;
+
+  if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD)
+  {
+    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD;
+    /* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */
+    pFlash.DataRemaining = 1U;
+  }
+  else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD)
+  {
+    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD;
+    /* Program word (32-bit : 2*16-bit) at a specified address. */
+    pFlash.DataRemaining = 2U;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMDOUBLEWORD;
+    /* Program double word (64-bit : 4*16-bit) at a specified address. */
+    pFlash.DataRemaining = 4U;
+  }
+
+  /* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */
+  FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t)Data);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles FLASH interrupt request.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  uint32_t addresstmp = 0U;
+  
+  /* Check FLASH operation error flags */
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) ||__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR))
+  {
+    /* Return the faulty address */
+    addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
+    /* Reset address */
+    pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+  
+    /* Save the Error code */
+    FLASH_SetErrorCode();
+    
+    /* FLASH error interrupt user callback */
+    HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(addresstmp);
+
+    /* Stop the procedure ongoing */
+    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+  }
+
+  /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag  */
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
+  {
+    /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
+    __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
+    
+    /* Process can continue only if no error detected */
+    if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE)
+    {
+      if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE)
+      {
+        /* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */
+        pFlash.DataRemaining--;
+
+        /* Check if there are still pages to erase */
+        if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0U)
+        {
+          addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
+          /*Indicate user which sector has been erased */
+          HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp);
+
+          /*Increment sector number*/
+          addresstmp = pFlash.Address + FLASH_PAGE_SIZE;
+          pFlash.Address = addresstmp;
+
+          /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */
+          CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER);
+
+          FLASH_PageErase(addresstmp);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* No more pages to Erase, user callback can be called. */
+          /* Reset Sector and stop Erase pages procedure */
+          pFlash.Address = addresstmp = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+          pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+          /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+          HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp);
+        }
+      }
+      else if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE)
+      {
+        /* Operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */
+        CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER);
+
+          /* MassErase ended. Return the selected bank */
+          /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+          HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(0U);
+
+          /* Stop Mass Erase procedure*/
+          pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+        }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Nb of 16-bit data to program can be decreased */
+        pFlash.DataRemaining--;
+        
+        /* Check if there are still 16-bit data to program */
+        if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0U)
+        {
+          /* Increment address to 16-bit */
+          pFlash.Address += 2U;
+          addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
+          
+          /* Shift to have next 16-bit data */
+          pFlash.Data = (pFlash.Data >> 16U);
+          
+          /* Operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
+          CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
+
+          /*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
+          FLASH_Program_HalfWord(addresstmp, (uint16_t)pFlash.Data);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* Program ended. Return the selected address */
+          /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+          if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD)
+          {
+            HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
+          }
+          else if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD)
+          {
+            HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address - 2U);
+          }
+          else 
+          {
+            HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address - 6U);
+          }
+        
+          /* Reset Address and stop Program procedure */
+          pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+          pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+
+  if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE)
+  {
+    /* Operation is completed, disable the PG, PER and MER Bits */
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PG | FLASH_CR_PER | FLASH_CR_MER));
+
+    /* Disable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
+    __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  FLASH end of operation interrupt callback
+  * @param  ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
+  *                 - Mass Erase: No return value expected
+  *                 - Pages Erase: Address of the page which has been erased 
+  *                    (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that all the selected pages have been erased)
+  *                 - Program: Address which was selected for data program
+  * @retval none
+  */
+__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(ReturnValue);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  FLASH operation error interrupt callback
+  * @param  ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
+  *                 - Mass Erase: No return value expected
+  *                 - Pages Erase: Address of the page which returned an error
+  *                 - Program: Address which was selected for data program
+  * @retval none
+  */
+__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(ReturnValue);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions 
+ *  @brief   management functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH 
+    memory operations.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unlock the FLASH control register access
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */
+    WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY1);
+    WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY2);
+
+    /* Verify Flash is unlocked */
+    if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != RESET)
+    {
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Locks the FLASH control register access
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void)
+{
+  /* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */
+  SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK);
+  
+  return HAL_OK;  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unlock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void)
+{
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTWRE))
+  {
+    /* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */
+    WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY1);
+    WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY2);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }  
+  
+  return HAL_OK;  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Lock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
+  * @retval HAL Status 
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void)
+{
+  /* Clear the OPTWRE Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */
+  CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTWRE);
+  
+  return HAL_OK;  
+}
+  
+/**
+  * @brief  Launch the option byte loading.
+  * @note   This function will reset automatically the MCU.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void)
+{
+  /* Set the OBL_Launch bit to launch the option byte loading */
+  SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OBL_LAUNCH);
+  
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  return(FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */  
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral errors functions 
+ *  @brief    Peripheral errors functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection permit to get in run-time errors of  the FLASH peripheral.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the specific FLASH error flag.
+  * @retval FLASH_ErrorCode The returned value can be:
+  *            @ref FLASH_Error_Codes
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void)
+{
+   return pFlash.ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address.
+  * @param  Address specify the address to be programmed.
+  * @param  Data    specify the data to be programmed.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data)
+{
+  /* Clean the error context */
+  pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+  
+    /* Proceed to program the new data */
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
+
+  /* Write data in the address */
+  *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Wait for a FLASH operation to complete.
+  * @param  Timeout  maximum flash operation timeout
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  /* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
+     Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
+     flag will be set */
+     
+  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+     
+  while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY)) 
+  { 
+    if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout))
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+  /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag  */
+  if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
+  {
+    /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
+    __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
+  }
+  
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR)  || 
+     __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR))
+  {
+    /*Save the error code*/
+    FLASH_SetErrorCode();
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* There is no error flag set */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the specific FLASH error flag.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void)
+{
+  uint32_t flags = 0U;
+  
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR))
+  {
+    pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP;
+    flags |= FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR;
+  }
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR))
+  {
+    pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PROG;
+    flags |= FLASH_FLAG_PGERR;
+  }
+  /* Clear FLASH error pending bits */
+  __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(flags);
+}  
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_flash_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,983 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_hal_flash_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Extended FLASH HAL module driver.
+  *    
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *          functionalities of the FLASH peripheral:
+  *           + Extended Initialization/de-initialization functions
+  *           + Extended I/O operation functions
+  *           + Extended Peripheral Control functions 
+  *         
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+               ##### Flash peripheral extended features  #####
+  ==============================================================================
+           
+                      ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..] This driver provides functions to configure and program the FLASH memory 
+       of all STM32F3xxx devices. It includes
+       
+        (++) Set/Reset the write protection
+        (++) Program the user Option Bytes
+        (++) Get the Read protection Level
+  
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH
+  * @{
+  */
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Variables
+ * @{
+ */
+/* Variables used for Erase pages under interruption*/
+extern FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash;
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx FLASHEx
+  * @brief FLASH HAL Extension module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Constants FLASHEx Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+#define FLASH_POSITION_IWDGSW_BIT        (uint32_t)POSITION_VAL(FLASH_OBR_IWDG_SW)
+#define FLASH_POSITION_OB_USERDATA0_BIT  (uint32_t)POSITION_VAL(FLASH_OBR_DATA0)
+#define FLASH_POSITION_OB_USERDATA1_BIT  (uint32_t)POSITION_VAL(FLASH_OBR_DATA1)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Macros FLASHEx Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions FLASHEx Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+/* Erase operations */
+static void              FLASH_MassErase(void);
+void    FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress);
+
+/* Option bytes control */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(uint8_t ReadProtectLevel);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t UserConfig);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_ProgramData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data);
+static uint32_t          FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void);
+static uint32_t          FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void);
+static uint8_t           FLASH_OB_GetUser(void);
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions FLASHEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 FLASHEx Memory Erasing functions
+ *  @brief   FLASH Memory Erasing functions
+  *
+@verbatim   
+  ==============================================================================
+                ##### FLASH Erasing Programming functions ##### 
+  ==============================================================================
+
+    [..] The FLASH Memory Erasing functions, includes the following functions:
+    (+) HAL_FLASHEx_Erase: return only when erase has been done
+    (+) HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT: end of erase is done when HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback 
+        is called with parameter 0xFFFFFFFF
+
+    [..] Any operation of erase should follow these steps:
+    (#) Call the HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function to enable the flash control register and 
+        program memory access.
+    (#) Call the desired function to erase page.
+    (#) Call the HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash program memory access 
+       (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation).
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory pages
+  * @note   To correctly run this function, the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function
+  *         must be called before.
+  *         Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access 
+  *         (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation)
+  * @param[in]  pEraseInit pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the erasing.
+  *
+  * @param[out]  PageError pointer to variable  that
+  *         contains the configuration information on faulty page in case of error
+  *         (0xFFFFFFFF means that all the pages have been correctly erased)
+  *
+  * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit, uint32_t *PageError)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+  uint32_t address = 0U;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase));
+
+  if (pEraseInit->TypeErase == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE)
+  {
+      /* Mass Erase requested for Bank1 */
+      /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+      if (FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /*Mass erase to be done*/
+        FLASH_MassErase();
+        
+        /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+        status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+        
+        /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */
+        CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER);
+      }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Page Erase is requested */
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(pEraseInit->PageAddress));
+    assert_param(IS_FLASH_NB_PAGES(pEraseInit->PageAddress, pEraseInit->NbPages));
+    
+      /* Page Erase requested on address located on bank1 */
+      /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+      if (FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /*Initialization of PageError variable*/
+        *PageError = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+        
+        /* Erase page by page to be done*/
+        for(address = pEraseInit->PageAddress;
+            address < ((pEraseInit->NbPages * FLASH_PAGE_SIZE) + pEraseInit->PageAddress);
+            address += FLASH_PAGE_SIZE)
+        {
+          FLASH_PageErase(address);
+          
+          /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+          status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+          
+          /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */
+          CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER);
+          
+          if (status != HAL_OK)
+          {
+            /* In case of error, stop erase procedure and return the faulty address */
+            *PageError = address;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory pages with interrupt enabled
+  * @note   To correctly run this function, the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function
+  *         must be called before.
+  *         Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access 
+  *         (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation)
+  * @param  pEraseInit pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the erasing.
+  *
+  * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  /* If procedure already ongoing, reject the next one */
+  if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase));
+
+  /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
+  __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR);
+
+  if (pEraseInit->TypeErase == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE)
+  {
+    /*Mass erase to be done*/
+    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE;
+        FLASH_MassErase();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Erase by page to be done*/
+
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(pEraseInit->PageAddress));
+    assert_param(IS_FLASH_NB_PAGES(pEraseInit->PageAddress, pEraseInit->NbPages));
+
+    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE;
+    pFlash.DataRemaining = pEraseInit->NbPages;
+    pFlash.Address = pEraseInit->PageAddress;
+
+    /*Erase 1st page and wait for IT*/
+    FLASH_PageErase(pEraseInit->PageAddress);
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Option Bytes Programming functions
+ *  @brief   Option Bytes Programming functions
+  *
+@verbatim   
+  ==============================================================================
+                ##### Option Bytes Programming functions ##### 
+  ==============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH 
+    option bytes operations.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Erases the FLASH option bytes.
+  * @note   This functions erases all option bytes except the Read protection (RDP).
+  *         The function @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
+  *         The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the options bytes
+  *         The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes
+  *         (system reset will occur)
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase(void)
+{
+  uint8_t rdptmp = OB_RDP_LEVEL_0;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+
+  /* Get the actual read protection Option Byte value */
+  rdptmp = FLASH_OB_GetRDP();
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Clean the error context */
+    pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the option bytes */
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER);
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT);
+
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+    /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the OPTER Bit */
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER);
+
+    if(status == HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Restore the last read protection Option Byte value */
+      status = FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(rdptmp);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Return the erase status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program option bytes
+  * @note   The function @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
+  *         The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the options bytes
+  *         The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes
+  *         (system reset will occur)
+  *
+  * @param  pOBInit pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the programming.
+  *
+  * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_OPTIONBYTE(pOBInit->OptionType));
+
+  /* Write protection configuration */
+  if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_WRP) == OPTIONBYTE_WRP)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_WRPSTATE(pOBInit->WRPState));
+    if (pOBInit->WRPState == OB_WRPSTATE_ENABLE)
+    {
+      /* Enable of Write protection on the selected page */
+      status = FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(pOBInit->WRPPage);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Disable of Write protection on the selected page */
+      status = FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(pOBInit->WRPPage);
+    }
+    if (status != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+      return status;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Read protection configuration */
+  if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_RDP) == OPTIONBYTE_RDP)
+  {
+    status = FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(pOBInit->RDPLevel);
+    if (status != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+      return status;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* USER configuration */
+  if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_USER) == OPTIONBYTE_USER)
+  {
+    status = FLASH_OB_UserConfig(pOBInit->USERConfig);
+    if (status != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+      return status;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* DATA configuration*/
+  if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_DATA) == OPTIONBYTE_DATA)
+  {
+    status = FLASH_OB_ProgramData(pOBInit->DATAAddress, pOBInit->DATAData);
+    if (status != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+      return status;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the Option byte configuration
+  * @param  pOBInit pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the programming.
+  *
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit)
+{
+  pOBInit->OptionType = OPTIONBYTE_WRP | OPTIONBYTE_RDP | OPTIONBYTE_USER;
+
+  /*Get WRP*/
+  pOBInit->WRPPage = FLASH_OB_GetWRP();
+
+  /*Get RDP Level*/
+  pOBInit->RDPLevel = FLASH_OB_GetRDP();
+
+  /*Get USER*/
+  pOBInit->USERConfig = FLASH_OB_GetUser();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the Option byte user data
+  * @param  DATAAdress Address of the option byte DATA
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA0
+  *            @arg @ref OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA1
+  * @retval Value programmed in USER data
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetUserData(uint32_t DATAAdress)
+{
+  uint32_t value = 0U;
+  
+  if (DATAAdress == OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA0)
+  {
+    /* Get value programmed in OB USER Data0 */
+    value = READ_BIT(FLASH->OBR, FLASH_OBR_DATA0) >> FLASH_POSITION_OB_USERDATA0_BIT;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Get value programmed in OB USER Data1 */
+    value = READ_BIT(FLASH->OBR, FLASH_OBR_DATA1) >> FLASH_POSITION_OB_USERDATA1_BIT;
+  }
+  
+  return value;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Full erase of FLASH memory Bank 
+  *
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FLASH_MassErase(void)
+{
+  /* Clean the error context */
+  pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Only bank1 will be erased*/
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER);
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the write protection of the desired pages
+  * @note   An option byte erase is done automatically in this function. 
+  * @note   When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1), 
+  *         it is not possible to program or erase the flash page i if
+  *         debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1 
+  * 
+  * @param  WriteProtectPage specifies the page(s) to be write protected.
+  *         The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series 
+  * @retval HAL status 
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  uint16_t WRP0_Data = 0xFFFFU;
+#if defined(OB_WRP1_WRP1)
+  uint16_t WRP1_Data = 0xFFFFU;
+#endif /* OB_WRP1_WRP1 */
+#if defined(OB_WRP2_WRP2)
+  uint16_t WRP2_Data = 0xFFFFU;
+#endif /* OB_WRP2_WRP2 */
+#if defined(OB_WRP3_WRP3)
+  uint16_t WRP3_Data = 0xFFFFU;
+#endif /* OB_WRP3_WRP3 */
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(WriteProtectPage));
+    
+  /* Get current write protected pages and the new pages to be protected ******/
+  WriteProtectPage = (uint32_t)(~((~FLASH_OB_GetWRP()) | WriteProtectPage));
+  
+#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK)
+  WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK);
+#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK */
+  
+#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK)
+  WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK) >> 8U);
+#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK */
+ 
+#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK)
+  WRP2_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK) >> 16U);
+#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK */
+
+#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK)
+  WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK) >> 24U); 
+#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO255MASK)
+  WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO255MASK) >> 24U); 
+#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES48TO63MASK */
+  
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  { 
+    /* Clean the error context */
+    pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* To be able to write again option byte, need to perform a option byte erase */
+    status = HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase();
+    if (status == HAL_OK)  
+    {
+      /* Enable write protection */
+      SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
+
+#if defined(OB_WRP0_WRP0)
+      if(WRP0_Data != 0xFFU)
+      {
+        OB->WRP0 &= WRP0_Data;
+        
+        /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+        status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+      }
+#endif /* OB_WRP0_WRP0 */
+
+#if defined(OB_WRP1_WRP1)
+      if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP1_Data != 0xFFU))
+      {
+        OB->WRP1 &= WRP1_Data;
+        
+        /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+        status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+      }
+#endif /* OB_WRP1_WRP1 */
+
+#if defined(OB_WRP2_WRP2)
+      if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP2_Data != 0xFFU))
+      {
+        OB->WRP2 &= WRP2_Data;
+        
+        /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+        status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+      }
+#endif /* OB_WRP2_WRP2 */
+
+#if defined(OB_WRP3_WRP3)
+      if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP3_Data != 0xFFU))
+      {
+        OB->WRP3 &= WRP3_Data;
+        
+        /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+        status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+      }
+#endif /* OB_WRP3_WRP3 */
+
+      /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
+      CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
+    }
+  }
+  
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the write protection of the desired pages
+  * @note   An option byte erase is done automatically in this function. 
+  * @note   When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1), 
+  *         it is not possible to program or erase the flash page i if   
+  *         debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1 
+  * 
+  * @param  WriteProtectPage specifies the page(s) to be write unprotected.
+  *         The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series 
+  * @retval HAL status 
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  uint16_t WRP0_Data = 0xFFFFU;
+#if defined(OB_WRP1_WRP1)
+  uint16_t WRP1_Data = 0xFFFFU;
+#endif /* OB_WRP1_WRP1 */
+#if defined(OB_WRP2_WRP2)
+  uint16_t WRP2_Data = 0xFFFFU;
+#endif /* OB_WRP2_WRP2 */
+#if defined(OB_WRP3_WRP3)
+  uint16_t WRP3_Data = 0xFFFFU;
+#endif /* OB_WRP3_WRP3 */
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(WriteProtectPage));
+
+  /* Get current write protected pages and the new pages to be unprotected ******/
+  WriteProtectPage = (FLASH_OB_GetWRP() | WriteProtectPage);
+
+#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK)
+  WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK);
+#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK */
+  
+#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK)
+  WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK) >> 8U);
+#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK */
+ 
+#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK)
+  WRP2_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK) >> 16U);
+#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK */
+
+#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK)
+  WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK) >> 24U); 
+#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO255MASK)
+  WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO255MASK) >> 24U); 
+#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES48TO63MASK */
+
+    
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  { 
+    /* Clean the error context */
+    pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* To be able to write again option byte, need to perform a option byte erase */
+    status = HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase();
+    if (status == HAL_OK)  
+    {
+      SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
+
+#if defined(OB_WRP0_WRP0)
+      if(WRP0_Data != 0xFFU)
+      {
+        OB->WRP0 |= WRP0_Data;
+        
+        /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+        status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+      }
+#endif /* OB_WRP0_WRP0 */
+
+#if defined(OB_WRP1_WRP1)
+      if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP1_Data != 0xFFU))
+      {
+        OB->WRP1 |= WRP1_Data;
+        
+        /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+        status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+      }
+#endif /* OB_WRP1_WRP1 */
+
+#if defined(OB_WRP2_WRP2)
+      if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP2_Data != 0xFFU))
+      {
+        OB->WRP2 |= WRP2_Data;
+        
+        /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+        status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+      }
+#endif /* OB_WRP2_WRP2 */
+
+#if defined(OB_WRP3_WRP3)
+      if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP3_Data != 0xFFU))
+      {
+        OB->WRP3 |= WRP3_Data;
+        
+        /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+        status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+      }
+#endif /* OB_WRP3_WRP3 */
+
+      /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
+      CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
+    }
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the read protection level.
+  * @param  ReadProtectLevel specifies the read protection level.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_0 No protection
+  *            @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_1 Read protection of the memory
+  *            @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_2 Full chip protection
+  * @note   Warning: When enabling OB_RDP level 2 it's no more possible to go back to level 1 or 0
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(uint8_t ReadProtectLevel)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_OB_RDP_LEVEL(ReadProtectLevel));
+  
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+  
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  { 
+    /* Clean the error context */
+    pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+    
+    /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the option bytes */
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER);
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT);
+
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+    /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the OPTER Bit */
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER);
+
+    if(status == HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */
+      SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
+      
+      WRITE_REG(OB->RDP, ReadProtectLevel);
+      
+      /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+      status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); 
+      
+      /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
+      CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
+    }
+  }
+  
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program the FLASH User Option Byte.    
+  * @note   Programming of the OB should be performed only after an erase (otherwise PGERR occurs)
+  * @param  UserConfig The FLASH User Option Bytes values: IWDG_SW(Bit0), RST_STOP(Bit1), RST_STDBY(Bit2), nBOOT1(Bit4),
+  *         VDDA_Analog_Monitoring(Bit5) and SRAM_Parity_Enable(Bit6). 
+  *         And SDADC12_VDD_MONITOR(Bit7) for STM32F373 or STM32F378 . 
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t UserConfig)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE((UserConfig&OB_IWDG_SW)));
+  assert_param(IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE((UserConfig&OB_STOP_NO_RST)));
+  assert_param(IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE((UserConfig&OB_STDBY_NO_RST)));
+  assert_param(IS_OB_BOOT1((UserConfig&OB_BOOT1_SET)));
+  assert_param(IS_OB_VDDA_ANALOG((UserConfig&OB_VDDA_ANALOG_ON)));
+  assert_param(IS_OB_SRAM_PARITY((UserConfig&OB_SRAM_PARITY_RESET)));
+#if defined(FLASH_OBR_SDADC12_VDD_MONITOR)
+  assert_param(IS_OB_SDACD_VDD_MONITOR((UserConfig&OB_SDACD_VDD_MONITOR_SET)));
+#endif /* FLASH_OBR_SDADC12_VDD_MONITOR */
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+  
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {     
+    /* Clean the error context */
+    pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); 
+ 
+#if   defined(FLASH_OBR_SDADC12_VDD_MONITOR)
+    OB->USER = (UserConfig | 0x08U);
+#else
+    OB->USER = (UserConfig | 0x88U);
+#endif
+
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+    /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
+  }
+  
+  return status; 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Programs a half word at a specified Option Byte Data address.
+  * @note   The function @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
+  *         The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the options bytes
+  *         The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes 
+  *         (system reset will occur)
+  *         Programming of the OB should be performed only after an erase (otherwise PGERR occurs)
+  * @param  Address specifies the address to be programmed.
+  *         This parameter can be 0x1FFFF804 or 0x1FFFF806. 
+  * @param  Data specifies the data to be programmed.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_ProgramData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_OB_DATA_ADDRESS(Address));
+  
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+  
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Clean the error context */
+    pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Enables the Option Bytes Programming operation */
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); 
+    *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
+    
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+    
+    /* If the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
+  }
+  /* Return the Option Byte Data Program Status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value.
+  * @retval The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value
+  */
+static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void)
+{
+  /* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */
+  return (uint32_t)(READ_REG(FLASH->WRPR));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the FLASH Read Protection level.
+  * @retval FLASH RDP level
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_0 No protection
+  *            @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_1 Read protection of the memory
+  *            @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_2 Full chip protection
+  */
+static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp_reg = 0U;
+  
+  /* Read RDP level bits */
+#if defined(FLASH_OBR_RDPRT)
+  tmp_reg = READ_BIT(FLASH->OBR, FLASH_OBR_RDPRT);
+#elif defined(FLASH_OBR_LEVEL1_PROT)
+  tmp_reg = READ_BIT(FLASH->OBR, (FLASH_OBR_LEVEL1_PROT | FLASH_OBR_LEVEL2_PROT));
+#endif /* FLASH_OBR_RDPRT */
+
+#if defined(FLASH_OBR_RDPRT)
+  if (tmp_reg == FLASH_OBR_RDPRT_2)
+#elif defined(FLASH_OBR_LEVEL1_PROT)
+  if (tmp_reg == FLASH_OBR_LEVEL2_PROT)
+#endif /* FLASH_OBR_RDPRT */
+  {
+    return OB_RDP_LEVEL_2;
+  }
+  else if (tmp_reg == 0U)
+  {
+    return OB_RDP_LEVEL_0;
+  }
+  else 
+  {
+    return OB_RDP_LEVEL_1;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the FLASH User Option Byte value.
+  * @retval  The FLASH User Option Bytes values: IWDG_SW(Bit0), RST_STOP(Bit1), RST_STDBY(Bit2), nBOOT1(Bit4),
+  *         VDDA_Analog_Monitoring(Bit5) and SRAM_Parity_Enable(Bit6). 
+  *         And SDADC12_VDD_MONITOR(Bit7) for STM32F373 or STM32F378 . 
+  */
+static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void)
+{
+  /* Return the User Option Byte */
+  return (uint8_t)((READ_REG(FLASH->OBR) & FLASH_OBR_USER) >> FLASH_POSITION_IWDGSW_BIT);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Erase the specified FLASH memory page
+  * @param  PageAddress FLASH page to erase
+  *         The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series      
+  * 
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress)
+{
+  /* Clean the error context */
+  pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Proceed to erase the page */
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER);
+    WRITE_REG(FLASH->AR, PageAddress);
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_gpio.c

@@ -0,0 +1,542 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_hal_gpio.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   GPIO HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### GPIO Peripheral features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    (+) Each port bit of the general-purpose I/O (GPIO) ports can be individually
+        configured by software in several modes:
+        (++) Input mode
+        (++) Analog mode
+        (++) Output mode
+        (++) Alternate function mode
+        (++) External interrupt/event lines
+
+    (+) During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt
+        lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode.
+
+    (+) All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be
+        activated or not.
+
+    (+) In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull
+        type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value.
+
+    (+) The microcontroller IO pins are connected to onboard peripherals/modules through a
+        multiplexer that allows only one peripheral alternate function (AF) connected
+       to an IO pin at a time. In this way, there can be no conflict between peripherals
+       sharing the same IO pin.
+
+    (+) All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt
+        lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are
+        connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15.
+
+    (+) The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 23 edge detectors
+        (16 lines are connected to GPIO) for generating event/interrupt requests (each
+        input line can be independently configured to select the type (interrupt or event)
+        and the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can
+        also be masked independently.
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    (#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function: __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
+
+    (#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init().
+        (++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
+        (++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef
+             structure.
+        (++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is
+             configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
+        (++) In alternate mode is selection, the alternate function connected to the IO
+             is configured through "Alternate" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
+        (++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel
+             or DAC output.
+        (++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from
+             GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and
+             the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both).
+
+    (#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority
+        mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using
+        HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
+
+    (#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin().
+
+    (#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use
+        HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin().
+
+   (#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin().
+  
+    (#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not
+        active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG
+        pins).
+
+    (#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose
+        (PC14 and PC15U, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has
+        priority over the GPIO function.
+
+    (#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as
+        general purpose PF0 and PF1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off.
+        The HSE has priority over the GPIO function.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO GPIO
+  * @brief GPIO HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rules:
+  * Rule-18.1_d - Medium: Array pointer `GPIOx' is accessed with index [..,..]
+  * which may be out of array bounds [..,UNKNOWN] in following APIs:
+  * HAL_GPIO_Init
+  * HAL_GPIO_DeInit
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define GPIO_NUMBER           (16U)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Macros GPIO Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions GPIO Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions 
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init.
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F3 family devices
+  * @param  GPIO_Init pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef  *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init)
+{
+  uint32_t position = 0x00u;
+  uint32_t iocurrent;
+  uint32_t temp;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode));
+
+  /* Configure the port pins */
+  while (((GPIO_Init->Pin) >> position) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    /* Get current io position */
+    iocurrent = (GPIO_Init->Pin) & (1uL << position);
+
+    if (iocurrent != 0x00u)
+    {
+      /*--------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
+      /* In case of Output or Alternate function mode selection */
+      if(((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) == MODE_OUTPUT) || ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) == MODE_AF))
+      {
+        /* Check the Speed parameter */
+        assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
+        /* Configure the IO Speed */
+        temp = GPIOx->OSPEEDR;
+        temp &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2u));
+        temp |= (GPIO_Init->Speed << (position * 2u));
+        GPIOx->OSPEEDR = temp;
+
+        /* Configure the IO Output Type */
+        temp = GPIOx->OTYPER;
+        temp &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ;
+        temp |= (((GPIO_Init->Mode & OUTPUT_TYPE) >> OUTPUT_TYPE_Pos) << position);
+        GPIOx->OTYPER = temp;
+      }
+
+      if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) != MODE_ANALOG)
+      {
+        /* Check the Pull parameter */
+        assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull));
+
+        /* Activate the Pull-up or Pull down resistor for the current IO */
+        temp = GPIOx->PUPDR;
+        temp &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2u));
+        temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Pull) << (position * 2u));
+        GPIOx->PUPDR = temp;
+      }
+
+      /*--------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
+      /* In case of Alternate function mode selection */
+      if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) == MODE_AF)
+      {
+        /* Check the Alternate function parameters */
+        assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+        assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_Init->Alternate));
+
+        /* Configure Alternate function mapped with the current IO */
+        temp = GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u];
+        temp &= ~(0xFu << ((position & 0x07u) * 4u));
+        temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Alternate) << ((position & 0x07u) * 4u));
+        GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u] = temp;
+      }
+
+      /* Configure IO Direction mode (Input, Output, Alternate or Analog) */
+      temp = GPIOx->MODER;
+      temp &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2u));
+      temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) << (position * 2u));
+      GPIOx->MODER = temp;
+
+      /*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
+      /* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
+      if((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) != 0x00u)
+      {
+        /* Enable SYSCFG Clock */
+        __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+        temp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u];
+        temp &= ~(0x0FuL << (4u * (position & 0x03u)));
+        temp |= (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (4u * (position & 0x03u)));
+        SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u] = temp;
+
+        /* Clear EXTI line configuration */
+        temp = EXTI->IMR;
+        temp &= ~(iocurrent);
+        if((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_IT) != 0x00u)
+        {
+          temp |= iocurrent;
+        }
+        EXTI->IMR = temp;
+
+        temp = EXTI->EMR;
+        temp &= ~(iocurrent);
+        if((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_EVT) != 0x00u)
+        {
+          temp |= iocurrent;
+        }
+        EXTI->EMR = temp;
+
+        /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
+        temp = EXTI->RTSR;
+        temp &= ~(iocurrent);
+        if((GPIO_Init->Mode & TRIGGER_RISING) != 0x00u)
+        {
+          temp |= iocurrent;
+        }
+        EXTI->RTSR = temp;
+
+        temp = EXTI->FTSR;
+        temp &= ~(iocurrent);
+        if((GPIO_Init->Mode & TRIGGER_FALLING) != 0x00u)
+        {
+          temp |= iocurrent;
+        }
+        EXTI->FTSR = temp;
+      }
+    }
+
+    position++;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F30X device or STM32F37X device
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written.
+  *         This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef  *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  uint32_t position = 0x00u;
+  uint32_t iocurrent;
+  uint32_t tmp;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+  /* Configure the port pins */
+  while ((GPIO_Pin >> position) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    /* Get current io position */
+    iocurrent = (GPIO_Pin) & (1uL << position);
+
+    if (iocurrent != 0x00u)
+    {
+      /*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/
+      /* Clear the External Interrupt or Event for the current IO */
+
+      tmp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u];
+      tmp &= (0x0FuL << (4u * (position & 0x03u)));
+      if (tmp == (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (4u * (position & 0x03u))))
+      {
+        /* Clear EXTI line configuration */
+        EXTI->IMR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
+        EXTI->EMR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
+        
+        /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
+        EXTI->RTSR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
+        EXTI->FTSR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
+
+        /* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
+        tmp = 0x0FuL << (4u * (position & 0x03u));
+        SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u] &= ~tmp;
+      }
+
+      /*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/
+      /* Configure IO Direction in Input Floating Mode */
+      GPIOx->MODER &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2u));
+
+      /* Configure the default Alternate Function in current IO */
+      GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u] &= ~(0xFu << ((uint32_t)(position & 0x07u) * 4u)) ;
+
+      /* Deactivate the Pull-up and Pull-down resistor for the current IO */
+      GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2u));
+
+      /* Configure the default value IO Output Type */
+      GPIOx->OTYPER  &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ;
+
+      /* Configure the default value for IO Speed */
+      GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2u));
+    }
+
+    position++;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions 
+ *  @brief GPIO Read, Write, Toggle, Lock and EXTI management functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                       ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Read the specified input port pin.
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F3 family
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to read.
+  *         This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @retval The input port pin value.
+  */
+GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  GPIO_PinState bitstatus;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+  if((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)GPIO_PIN_RESET)
+  {
+    bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET;
+  }
+  return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set or clear the selected data port bit.
+  *
+  * @note   This function uses GPIOx_BSRR and GPIOx_BRR registers to allow atomic read/modify
+  *         accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between
+  *         the read and the modify access.
+  *
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F3 family
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written.
+  *         This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @param  PinState specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values:
+  *            @arg GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin
+  *            @arg GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState));
+
+  if(PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET)
+  {
+    GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    GPIOx->BRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Toggle the specified GPIO pin.
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F3 family
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin specifies the pin to be toggled.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  uint32_t odr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+  /* get current Ouput Data Register value */
+  odr = GPIOx->ODR;
+
+  /* Set selected pins that were at low level, and reset ones that were high */
+  GPIOx->BSRR = ((odr & GPIO_Pin) << GPIO_NUMBER) | (~odr & GPIO_Pin);
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief  Lock GPIO Pins configuration registers.
+  * @note   The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR,
+  *         GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH.
+  * @note   The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified
+  *         until the next reset.
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F3 family
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin specifies the port bits to be locked.
+  *         This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_LOCK_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+  /* Apply lock key write sequence */
+  tmp |= GPIO_Pin;
+  /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15U-0] */
+  GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
+  /* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15U-0] */
+  GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin;
+  /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15U-0] */
+  GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
+  /* Read LCKK register. This read is mandatory to complete key lock sequence */
+  tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
+
+  /* read again in order to confirm lock is active */
+ if((GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle EXTI interrupt request.
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  /* EXTI line interrupt detected */
+  if(__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(GPIO_Pin) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(GPIO_Pin);
+    HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(GPIO_Pin);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  EXTI line detection callback.
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(GPIO_Pin);
+
+  /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_i2c_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,367 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_hal_i2c_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   I2C Extended HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of I2C Extended peripheral:
+  *           + Filter Mode Functions
+  *           + WakeUp Mode Functions
+  *           + FastModePlus Functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+               ##### I2C peripheral Extended features  #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+  [..] Comparing to other previous devices, the I2C interface for STM32F3xx
+       devices contains the following additional features
+
+       (+) Possibility to disable or enable Analog Noise Filter
+       (+) Use of a configured Digital Noise Filter
+       (+) Disable or enable wakeup from Stop mode(s)
+       (+) Disable or enable Fast Mode Plus
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..] This driver provides functions to configure Noise Filter and Wake Up Feature
+    (#) Configure I2C Analog noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter()
+    (#) Configure I2C Digital noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter()
+    (#) Configure the enable or disable of I2C Wake Up Mode using the functions :
+          (++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp()
+          (++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp()
+    (#) Configure the enable or disable of fast mode plus driving capability using the functions :
+          (++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus()
+          (++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus()
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2CEx I2CEx
+  * @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions I2C Extended Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Filter Mode Functions
+  * @brief    Filter Mode Functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Filter Mode Functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure Noise Filters
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure I2C Analog noise filter.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
+  * @param  AnalogFilter New state of the Analog filter.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(AnalogFilter));
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+    __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+    /* Reset I2Cx ANOFF bit */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_ANFOFF);
+
+    /* Set analog filter bit*/
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= AnalogFilter;
+
+    __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure I2C Digital noise filter.
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
+  * @param  DigitalFilter Coefficient of digital noise filter between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x0F.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(DigitalFilter));
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+    __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+    /* Get the old register value */
+    tmpreg = hi2c->Instance->CR1;
+
+    /* Reset I2Cx DNF bits [11:8] */
+    tmpreg &= ~(I2C_CR1_DNF);
+
+    /* Set I2Cx DNF coefficient */
+    tmpreg |= DigitalFilter << 8U;
+
+    /* Store the new register value */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 = tmpreg;
+
+    __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 WakeUp Mode Functions
+  * @brief    WakeUp Mode Functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### WakeUp Mode Functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure Wake Up Feature
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable I2C wakeup from Stop mode(s).
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+    __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+    /* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_WUPEN;
+
+    __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable I2C wakeup from Stop mode(s).
+  * @param  hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+
+  if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+    __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+    /* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_WUPEN);
+
+    __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Fast Mode Plus Functions
+  * @brief    Fast Mode Plus Functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Fast Mode Plus Functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure Fast Mode Plus
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
+  * @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values
+  * @note  For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled on all selected
+  *        I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
+  *        on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
+  * @note  For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
+  *        can be enabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
+  * @note  For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
+  *        only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
+  * @note  For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
+  *        only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
+{
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
+
+  /* Enable SYSCFG clock */
+  __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+  /* Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
+  SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
+  * @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values
+  * @note  For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled on all selected
+  *        I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
+  *        on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
+  * @note  For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
+  *        can be disabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
+  * @note  For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
+  *        only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
+  * @note  For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
+  *        only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
+{
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
+
+  /* Enable SYSCFG clock */
+  __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+  /* Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_iwdg.c

@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_hal_iwdg.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   IWDG HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Independent Watchdog (IWDG) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and Start functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### IWDG Generic features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    (+) The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable
+        through option byte).
+
+    (+) The IWDG is clocked by the Low-Speed Internal clock (LSI) and thus stays
+        active even if the main clock fails.
+
+    (+) Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and both cannot be
+        disabled. The counter starts counting down from the reset value (0xFFF).
+        When it reaches the end of count value (0x000) a reset signal is
+        generated (IWDG reset).
+
+    (+) Whenever the key value 0x0000 AAAA is written in the IWDG_KR register,
+        the IWDG_RLR value is reloaded into the counter and the watchdog reset
+        is prevented.
+
+    (+) The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional
+        in STOP and STANDBY mode (IWDG reset can wake up the CPU from STANDBY).
+        IWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when an IWDG
+        reset occurs.
+
+    (+) Debug mode: When the microcontroller enters debug mode (core halted),
+        the IWDG counter either continues to work normally or stops, depending
+        on DBG_IWDG_STOP configuration bit in DBG module, accessible through
+        __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_IWDG() and __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_IWDG() macros.
+
+    [..] Min-max timeout value @40KHz (LSI): ~100us / ~26.2s
+         The IWDG timeout may vary due to LSI clock frequency dispersion.
+         STM32F3xx devices provide the capability to measure the LSI clock
+         frequency (LSI clock is internally connected to TIM16 CH1 input capture).
+         The measured value can be used to have an IWDG timeout with an
+         acceptable accuracy.
+
+    [..] Default timeout value (necessary for IWDG_SR status register update):
+         Constant LSI_VALUE is defined based on the nominal LSI clock frequency.
+         This frequency being subject to variations as mentioned above, the
+         default timeout value (defined through constant HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT
+         below) may become too short or too long.
+         In such cases, this default timeout value can be tuned by redefining
+         the constant LSI_VALUE at user-application level (based, for instance,
+         on the measured LSI clock frequency as explained above).
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    (#) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to :
+      (++) Enable instance by writing Start keyword in IWDG_KEY register. LSI
+           clock is forced ON and IWDG counter starts counting down.
+      (++) Enable write access to configuration registers:
+          IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR.
+      (++) Configure the IWDG prescaler and counter reload value. This reload
+           value will be loaded in the IWDG counter each time the watchdog is
+           reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value.
+      (++) Depending on window parameter:
+        (+++) If Window Init parameter is same as Window register value,
+             nothing more is done but reload counter value in order to exit
+             function with exact time base.
+        (+++) Else modify Window register. This will automatically reload
+             watchdog counter.
+      (++) Wait for status flags to be reset.
+
+    (#) Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular
+        intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
+        HAL_IWDG_Refresh() function.
+
+     *** IWDG HAL driver macros list ***
+     ====================================
+     [..]
+       Below the list of most used macros in IWDG HAL driver:
+      (+) __HAL_IWDG_START: Enable the IWDG peripheral
+      (+) __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER: Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in
+          the reload register
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
+/** @addtogroup IWDG
+  * @brief IWDG HAL module driver.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Defines IWDG Private Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Status register needs up to 5 LSI clock periods divided by the clock
+   prescaler to be updated. The number of LSI clock periods is upper-rounded to
+   6 for the timeout value calculation.
+   The timeout value is calculated using the highest prescaler (256) and
+   the LSI_VALUE constant. The value of this constant can be changed by the user
+   to take into account possible LSI clock period variations.
+   The timeout value is multiplied by 1000 to be converted in milliseconds.
+   LSI startup time is also considered here by adding LSI_STARTUP_TIMEOUT
+   converted in milliseconds. */
+#define HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT        (((6UL * 256UL * 1000UL) / LSI_VALUE) + ((LSI_STARTUP_TIME / 1000UL) + 1UL))
+#define IWDG_KERNEL_UPDATE_FLAGS        (IWDG_SR_WVU | IWDG_SR_RVU | IWDG_SR_PVU)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Start functions.
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+          ##### Initialization and Start functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the
+          IWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
+      (+) Manage Window option.
+      (+) Once initialization is performed in HAL_IWDG_Init function, Watchdog
+          is reloaded in order to exit function with correct time base.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the
+  *         IWDG_InitTypeDef and start watchdog. Before exiting function,
+  *         watchdog is refreshed in order to have correct time base.
+  * @param  hiwdg  pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Init(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  /* Check the IWDG handle allocation */
+  if (hiwdg == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_IWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hiwdg->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(hiwdg->Init.Prescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(hiwdg->Init.Reload));
+  assert_param(IS_IWDG_WINDOW(hiwdg->Init.Window));
+
+  /* Enable IWDG. LSI is turned on automatically */
+  __HAL_IWDG_START(hiwdg);
+
+  /* Enable write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR registers by writing
+  0x5555 in KR */
+  IWDG_ENABLE_WRITE_ACCESS(hiwdg);
+
+  /* Write to IWDG registers the Prescaler & Reload values to work with */
+  hiwdg->Instance->PR = hiwdg->Init.Prescaler;
+  hiwdg->Instance->RLR = hiwdg->Init.Reload;
+
+  /* Check pending flag, if previous update not done, return timeout */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait for register to be updated */
+  while ((hiwdg->Instance->SR & IWDG_KERNEL_UPDATE_FLAGS) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT)
+    {
+      if ((hiwdg->Instance->SR & IWDG_KERNEL_UPDATE_FLAGS) != 0x00u)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If window parameter is different than current value, modify window
+  register */
+  if (hiwdg->Instance->WINR != hiwdg->Init.Window)
+  {
+    /* Write to IWDG WINR the IWDG_Window value to compare with. In any case,
+    even if window feature is disabled, Watchdog will be reloaded by writing
+    windows register */
+    hiwdg->Instance->WINR = hiwdg->Init.Window;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */
+    __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2
+  *  @brief   IO operation functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Refresh the IWDG.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Refresh the IWDG.
+  * @param  hiwdg  pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Refresh(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
+{
+  /* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */
+  __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_msp_template.c

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_hal_msp_template.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   HAL MSP module.
+  *          This file template is located in the HAL folder and should be copied 
+  *          to the user folder.
+  *         
+  @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */ 
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_MSP HAL MSP module
+  * @brief HAL MSP module.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_MSP_Exported_Functions HAL MSP Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the Global MSP.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_MspInit(void)
+{
+   
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the Global MSP.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
+{
+  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the PPP MSP.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PPP_MspInit(void)
+{
+   
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the PPP MSP.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PPP_MspDeInit(void)
+{
+  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_opamp_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,717 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_hal_opamp_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Extended OPAMP HAL module driver.
+  *
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Power Controller (OPAMP) peripheral:
+  *           + Extended Initialization and de-initialization  functions
+  *           + Extended Peripheral Control  functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_OPAMP_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined (OPAMP1) || defined (OPAMP2) || defined (OPAMP3) || defined (OPAMP4)
+
+/** @defgroup OPAMPEx OPAMPEx
+  * @brief OPAMP Extended HAL module driver.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup OPAMPEx_Exported_Functions OPAMP Extended Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/** @defgroup OPAMPEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Input and Output operation functions
+  * @brief    Extended Self calibration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Extended IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+  [..]
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(STM32F302xE) || \
+    defined(STM32F302xC)
+/*  2 OPAMPS available */
+/*  2 OPAMPS can be calibrated in parallel */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Run the self calibration of 2 OPAMPs in parallel.
+  * @param  hopamp1 handle
+  * @param  hopamp2 handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  * @note   Updated offset trimming values (PMOS & NMOS), user trimming is enabled
+  * @note   Calibration runs about 25 ms.
+  */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_OPAMPEx_SelfCalibrateAll(OPAMP_HandleTypeDef *hopamp1, OPAMP_HandleTypeDef *hopamp2)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  uint32_t trimmingvaluen1;
+  uint32_t trimmingvaluep1;
+  uint32_t trimmingvaluen2;
+  uint32_t trimmingvaluep2;
+
+  uint32_t delta;
+
+  if ((hopamp1 == NULL) || (hopamp2 == NULL))
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  /* Check if OPAMP in calibration mode and calibration not yet enable */
+  else if (hopamp1->State !=  HAL_OPAMP_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else if (hopamp2->State != HAL_OPAMP_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Check the parameter */
+    assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hopamp1->Instance));
+    assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hopamp2->Instance));
+
+    /* Set Calibration mode */
+    /* Non-inverting input connected to calibration reference voltage. */
+    SET_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_FORCEVP);
+    SET_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_FORCEVP);
+
+    /*  user trimming values are used for offset calibration */
+    SET_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_USERTRIM);
+    SET_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_USERTRIM);
+
+    /* Enable calibration */
+    SET_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALON);
+    SET_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALON);
+
+    /* 1st calibration - N */
+    /* Select 90U% VREF */
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL, OPAMP_VREF_90VDDA);
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL, OPAMP_VREF_90VDDA);
+
+    /* Enable the opamps */
+    SET_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
+    SET_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
+
+    /* Init trimming counter */
+    /* Medium value */
+    trimmingvaluen1 = 16U;
+    trimmingvaluen2 = 16U;
+    delta = 8U;
+
+    while (delta != 0U)
+    {
+      /* Set candidate trimming */
+      MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen1 << OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING);
+      MODIFY_REG(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen2 << OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING);
+
+      /* OFFTRIMmax delay 2 ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
+      /* Offset trim time: during calibration, minimum time needed between */
+      /* two steps to have 1 mV accuracy */
+      HAL_Delay(2U);
+
+      if (hopamp1->Instance->CSR & OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL)
+      {
+        /* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is HIGH try higher trimming */
+        trimmingvaluen1 += delta;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is LOW try lower trimming */
+        trimmingvaluen1 -= delta;
+      }
+
+      if (hopamp2->Instance->CSR & OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL)
+      {
+        /* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is HIGH try higher trimming */
+        trimmingvaluen2 += delta;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is LOW try lower trimming */
+        trimmingvaluen2 -= delta;
+      }
+
+      delta >>= 1U;
+    }
+
+    // Still need to check if righ calibration is current value or un step below
+    // Indeed the first value that causes the OUTCAL bit to change from 1 to 0
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen1 << OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING);
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen2 << OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING);
+
+    /* OFFTRIMmax delay 2 ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
+    /* Offset trim time: during calibration, minimum time needed between */
+    /* two steps to have 1 mV accuracy */
+    HAL_Delay(2U);
+
+    if (hopamp1->Instance->CSR & OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL)
+    {
+      /* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is actually one value more */
+      trimmingvaluen1++;
+      /* Set right trimming */
+      MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen1 << OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING);
+    }
+
+    if (hopamp2->Instance->CSR & OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL)
+    {
+      /* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is actually one value more */
+      trimmingvaluen2++;
+      /* Set right trimming */
+      MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen2 << OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING);
+    }
+
+    /* 2nd calibration - P */
+    /* Select 10U% VREF */
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL, OPAMP_VREF_10VDDA);
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL, OPAMP_VREF_10VDDA);
+
+    /* Init trimming counter */
+    /* Medium value */
+    trimmingvaluep1 = 16U;
+    trimmingvaluep2 = 16U;
+    delta = 8U;
+
+    while (delta != 0U)
+    {
+      /* Set candidate trimming */
+      MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETP, trimmingvaluep1 << OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING);
+      MODIFY_REG(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETP, trimmingvaluep2 << OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING);
+
+      /* OFFTRIMmax delay 2 ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
+      /* Offset trim time: during calibration, minimum time needed between */
+      /* two steps to have 1 mV accuracy */
+      HAL_Delay(2U);
+
+      if (hopamp1->Instance->CSR & OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL)
+      {
+        /* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is HIGH try higher trimming */
+        trimmingvaluep1 += delta;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        trimmingvaluep1 -= delta;
+      }
+
+      if (hopamp2->Instance->CSR & OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL)
+      {
+        /* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is HIGH try higher trimming */
+        trimmingvaluep2 += delta;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        trimmingvaluep2 -= delta;
+      }
+
+      delta >>= 1U;
+    }
+
+    // Still need to check if righ calibration is current value or un step below
+    // Indeed the first value that causes the OUTCAL bit to change from 1 to 0
+    /* Set candidate trimming */
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETP, trimmingvaluep1 << OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING);
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETP, trimmingvaluep2 << OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING);
+
+    /* OFFTRIMmax delay 2 ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
+    /* Offset trim time: during calibration, minimum time needed between */
+    /* two steps to have 1 mV accuracy */
+    HAL_Delay(2U);
+
+    if (hopamp1->Instance->CSR & OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL)
+    {
+      /* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is actually one value more */
+      trimmingvaluep1++;
+      /* Set right trimming */
+      MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETP, trimmingvaluep1 << OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING);
+    }
+
+    if (hopamp2->Instance->CSR & OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL)
+    {
+      /* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is actually one value more */
+      trimmingvaluep2++;
+      /* Set right trimming */
+      MODIFY_REG(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETP, trimmingvaluep2 << OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING);
+    }
+
+    /* Disable calibration */
+    CLEAR_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALON);
+    CLEAR_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALON);
+
+    /* Disable the OPAMPs */
+    CLEAR_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
+    CLEAR_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
+
+    /* Set operating mode back */
+    CLEAR_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_FORCEVP);
+    CLEAR_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_FORCEVP);
+
+    /* Self calibration is successful  */
+    /* Store calibration(user timming) results in init structure. */
+    /* Select user timming mode */
+
+    /* Write calibration result N */
+    hopamp1->Init.TrimmingValueN = trimmingvaluen1;
+    hopamp2->Init.TrimmingValueN = trimmingvaluen2;
+
+    /* Write calibration result P */
+    hopamp1->Init.TrimmingValueP = trimmingvaluep1;
+    hopamp2->Init.TrimmingValueP = trimmingvaluep2;
+
+    /* Calibration */
+    hopamp1->Init.UserTrimming = OPAMP_TRIMMING_USER;
+    hopamp2->Init.UserTrimming = OPAMP_TRIMMING_USER;
+
+    /* Select user timming mode */
+    /* And updated with calibrated settings */
+    hopamp1->Init.UserTrimming = OPAMP_TRIMMING_USER;
+    hopamp2->Init.UserTrimming = OPAMP_TRIMMING_USER;
+
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen1 << OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING);
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen2 << OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING);
+
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETP, trimmingvaluep1 << OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING);
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETP, trimmingvaluep2 << OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING);
+
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+#endif /* STM32F302xE || */
+	   /* STM32F302xC    */
+
+#if defined(STM32F303xE) || defined(STM32F398xx) || \
+    defined(STM32F303xC) || defined(STM32F358xx)
+/*  4 OPAMPS available */
+/*  4 OPAMPS can be calibrated in parallel */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Run the self calibration of 4 OPAMPs in parallel.
+  * @param  hopamp1 handle
+  * @param  hopamp2 handle
+  * @param  hopamp3 handle
+  * @param  hopamp4 handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  * @note   Updated offset trimming values (PMOS & NMOS), user trimming is enabled
+  * @note   Calibration runs about 25 ms.
+  */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_OPAMPEx_SelfCalibrateAll(OPAMP_HandleTypeDef *hopamp1, OPAMP_HandleTypeDef *hopamp2, OPAMP_HandleTypeDef *hopamp3, OPAMP_HandleTypeDef *hopamp4)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  uint32_t trimmingvaluen1;
+  uint32_t trimmingvaluep1;
+  uint32_t trimmingvaluen2;
+  uint32_t trimmingvaluep2;
+  uint32_t trimmingvaluen3;
+  uint32_t trimmingvaluep3;
+  uint32_t trimmingvaluen4;
+  uint32_t trimmingvaluep4;
+
+  uint32_t delta;
+
+  if ((hopamp1 == NULL) || (hopamp2 == NULL) || (hopamp3 == NULL) || (hopamp4 == NULL))
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  /* Check if OPAMP in calibration mode and calibration not yet enable */
+  else if (hopamp1->State !=  HAL_OPAMP_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else if (hopamp2->State != HAL_OPAMP_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else if (hopamp3->State != HAL_OPAMP_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else if (hopamp3->State != HAL_OPAMP_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Check the parameter */
+    assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hopamp1->Instance));
+    assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hopamp2->Instance));
+    assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hopamp3->Instance));
+    assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hopamp4->Instance));
+
+    /* Set Calibration mode */
+    /* Non-inverting input connected to calibration reference voltage. */
+    SET_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_FORCEVP);
+    SET_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_FORCEVP);
+    SET_BIT(hopamp3->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_FORCEVP);
+    SET_BIT(hopamp4->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_FORCEVP);
+
+    /*  user trimming values are used for offset calibration */
+    SET_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_USERTRIM);
+    SET_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_USERTRIM);
+    SET_BIT(hopamp3->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_USERTRIM);
+    SET_BIT(hopamp4->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_USERTRIM);
+
+    /* Enable calibration */
+    SET_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALON);
+    SET_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALON);
+    SET_BIT(hopamp3->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALON);
+    SET_BIT(hopamp4->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALON);
+
+    /* 1st calibration - N */
+    /* Select 90U% VREF */
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL, OPAMP_VREF_90VDDA);
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL, OPAMP_VREF_90VDDA);
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp3->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL, OPAMP_VREF_90VDDA);
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp4->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL, OPAMP_VREF_90VDDA);
+
+    /* Enable the opamps */
+    SET_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
+    SET_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
+    SET_BIT(hopamp3->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
+    SET_BIT(hopamp4->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
+
+    /* Init trimming counter */
+    /* Medium value */
+    trimmingvaluen1 = 16U;
+    trimmingvaluen2 = 16U;
+    trimmingvaluen3 = 16U;
+    trimmingvaluen4 = 16U;
+    delta = 8U;
+
+    while (delta != 0U)
+    {
+      /* Set candidate trimming */
+      MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen1 << OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING);
+      MODIFY_REG(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen2 << OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING);
+      MODIFY_REG(hopamp3->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen3 << OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING);
+      MODIFY_REG(hopamp4->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen4 << OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING);
+
+      /* OFFTRIMmax delay 2 ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
+      /* Offset trim time: during calibration, minimum time needed between */
+      /* two steps to have 1 mV accuracy */
+      HAL_Delay(2U);
+
+      if ((hopamp1->Instance->CSR & OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL) != RESET)
+      {
+        /* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is HIGH try higher trimming */
+        trimmingvaluen1 += delta;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is LOW try lower trimming */
+        trimmingvaluen1 -= delta;
+      }
+
+      if ((hopamp2->Instance->CSR & OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL) != RESET)
+      {
+        /* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is HIGH try higher trimming */
+        trimmingvaluen2 += delta;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is LOW try lower trimming */
+        trimmingvaluen2 -= delta;
+      }
+
+      if ((hopamp3->Instance->CSR & OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL) != RESET)
+      {
+        /* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is HIGH try higher trimming */
+        trimmingvaluen3 += delta;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is LOW try lower trimming */
+        trimmingvaluen3 -= delta;
+      }
+
+      if ((hopamp4->Instance->CSR & OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL) != RESET)
+      {
+        /* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is HIGH try higher trimming */
+        trimmingvaluen4 += delta;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is LOW try lower trimming */
+        trimmingvaluen4 -= delta;
+      }
+
+      delta >>= 1U;
+    }
+
+    /* Still need to check if righ calibration is current value or un step below */
+    /* Indeed the first value that causes the OUTCAL bit to change from 1 to 0U */
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen1 << OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING);
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen2 << OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING);
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp3->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen3 << OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING);
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp4->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen4 << OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING);
+
+    /* OFFTRIMmax delay 2 ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
+    /* Offset trim time: during calibration, minimum time needed between */
+    /* two steps to have 1 mV accuracy */
+    HAL_Delay(2U);
+
+    if ((hopamp1->Instance->CSR & OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is actually one value more */
+      trimmingvaluen1++;
+      /* Set right trimming */
+      MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen1 << OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING);
+    }
+
+    if ((hopamp2->Instance->CSR & OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is actually one value more */
+      trimmingvaluen2++;
+      /* Set right trimming */
+      MODIFY_REG(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen2 << OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING);
+    }
+
+    if ((hopamp3->Instance->CSR & OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is actually one value more */
+      trimmingvaluen3++;
+      /* Set right trimming */
+      MODIFY_REG(hopamp3->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen3 << OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING);
+    }
+
+    if ((hopamp4->Instance->CSR & OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is actually one value more */
+      trimmingvaluen4++;
+      /* Set right trimming */
+      MODIFY_REG(hopamp4->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen4 << OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING);
+    }
+
+    /* 2nd calibration - P */
+    /* Select 10U% VREF */
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL, OPAMP_VREF_10VDDA);
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL, OPAMP_VREF_10VDDA);
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp3->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL, OPAMP_VREF_10VDDA);
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp4->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL, OPAMP_VREF_10VDDA);
+
+    /* Init trimming counter */
+    /* Medium value */
+    trimmingvaluep1 = 16U;
+    trimmingvaluep2 = 16U;
+    trimmingvaluep3 = 16U;
+    trimmingvaluep4 = 16U;
+
+    delta = 8U;
+
+    while (delta != 0U)
+    {
+      /* Set candidate trimming */
+      MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETP, trimmingvaluep1 << OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING);
+      MODIFY_REG(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETP, trimmingvaluep2 << OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING);
+      MODIFY_REG(hopamp3->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETP, trimmingvaluep3 << OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING);
+      MODIFY_REG(hopamp4->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETP, trimmingvaluep4 << OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING);
+
+      /* OFFTRIMmax delay 2 ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
+      /* Offset trim time: during calibration, minimum time needed between */
+      /* two steps to have 1 mV accuracy */
+      HAL_Delay(2U);
+
+      if ((hopamp1->Instance->CSR & OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL) != RESET)
+      {
+        /* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is HIGH try higher trimming */
+        trimmingvaluep1 += delta;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        trimmingvaluep1 -= delta;
+      }
+
+      if ((hopamp2->Instance->CSR & OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL) != RESET)
+      {
+        /* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is HIGH try higher trimming */
+        trimmingvaluep2 += delta;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        trimmingvaluep2 -= delta;
+      }
+
+      if ((hopamp3->Instance->CSR & OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL) != RESET)
+      {
+        /* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is HIGH try higher trimming */
+        trimmingvaluep3 += delta;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        trimmingvaluep3 -= delta;
+      }
+
+      if ((hopamp4->Instance->CSR & OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL) != RESET)
+      {
+        /* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is HIGH try higher trimming */
+        trimmingvaluep4 += delta;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        trimmingvaluep4 -= delta;
+      }
+
+      delta >>= 1U;
+    }
+
+    /* Still need to check if righ calibration is current value or un step below */
+    /* Indeed the first value that causes the OUTCAL bit to change from 1 to 0U */
+    /* Set candidate trimming */
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETP, trimmingvaluep1 << OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING);
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETP, trimmingvaluep2 << OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING);
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp3->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETP, trimmingvaluep3 << OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING);
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp4->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETP, trimmingvaluep4 << OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING);
+
+    /* OFFTRIMmax delay 2 ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
+    /* Offset trim time: during calibration, minimum time needed between */
+    /* two steps to have 1 mV accuracy */
+    HAL_Delay(2U);
+
+    if ((hopamp1->Instance->CSR & OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Trimming value is actually one value more */
+      trimmingvaluep1++;
+      /* Set right trimming */
+      MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETP, trimmingvaluep1 << OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING);
+    }
+
+    if ((hopamp2->Instance->CSR & OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Trimming value is actually one value more */
+      trimmingvaluep2++;
+      /* Set right trimming */
+      MODIFY_REG(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETP, trimmingvaluep2 << OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING);
+    }
+
+    if ((hopamp3->Instance->CSR & OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Trimming value is actually one value more */
+      trimmingvaluep3++;
+      /* Set right trimming */
+      MODIFY_REG(hopamp3->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETP, trimmingvaluep3 << OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING);
+    }
+
+    if ((hopamp4->Instance->CSR & OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Trimming value is actually one value more */
+      trimmingvaluep4++;
+      /* Set right trimming */
+      MODIFY_REG(hopamp4->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETP, trimmingvaluep4 << OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING);
+    }
+
+    /* Disable calibration */
+    CLEAR_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALON);
+    CLEAR_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALON);
+    CLEAR_BIT(hopamp3->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALON);
+    CLEAR_BIT(hopamp4->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALON);
+
+    /* Disable the OPAMPs */
+    CLEAR_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
+    CLEAR_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
+    CLEAR_BIT(hopamp3->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
+    CLEAR_BIT(hopamp4->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
+
+    /* Set normal operating mode back */
+    CLEAR_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_FORCEVP);
+    CLEAR_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_FORCEVP);
+    CLEAR_BIT(hopamp3->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_FORCEVP);
+    CLEAR_BIT(hopamp4->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_FORCEVP);
+
+    /* Self calibration is successful  */
+    /* Store calibration(user timming) results in init structure. */
+    /* Select user timming mode */
+
+    /* Write calibration result N */
+    hopamp1->Init.TrimmingValueN = trimmingvaluen1;
+    hopamp2->Init.TrimmingValueN = trimmingvaluen2;
+    hopamp3->Init.TrimmingValueN = trimmingvaluen3;
+    hopamp4->Init.TrimmingValueN = trimmingvaluen4;
+
+    /* Write calibration result P */
+    hopamp1->Init.TrimmingValueP = trimmingvaluep1;
+    hopamp2->Init.TrimmingValueP = trimmingvaluep2;
+    hopamp3->Init.TrimmingValueP = trimmingvaluep3;
+    hopamp4->Init.TrimmingValueP = trimmingvaluep4;
+
+    /* Select user timming mode */
+    /* And updated with calibrated settings */
+    hopamp1->Init.UserTrimming = OPAMP_TRIMMING_USER;
+    hopamp2->Init.UserTrimming = OPAMP_TRIMMING_USER;
+    hopamp3->Init.UserTrimming = OPAMP_TRIMMING_USER;
+    hopamp4->Init.UserTrimming = OPAMP_TRIMMING_USER;
+
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen1 << OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING);
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen2 << OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING);
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp3->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen3 << OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING);
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp4->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen4 << OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING);
+
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETP, trimmingvaluep1 << OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING);
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETP, trimmingvaluep2 << OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING);
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp3->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETP, trimmingvaluep3 << OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING);
+    MODIFY_REG(hopamp4->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_TRIMOFFSETP, trimmingvaluep4 << OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING);
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+#endif /* STM32F303xE || STM32F398xx  || */
+       /* STM32F303xC || STM32F358xx     */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* OPAMP1 || OPAMP2 || OPAMP3 || OPAMP4 */
+
+#endif /* HAL_OPAMP_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_pccard.c

@@ -0,0 +1,948 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_hal_pccard.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   PCCARD HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides a generic firmware to drive PCCARD memories mounted
+  *          as external device.
+  *
+  @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+   [..]
+     This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to
+      control PCCARD/compact flash memories. It uses the FMC layer functions
+     to interface with PCCARD devices. This driver is used for:
+
+    (+) PCCARD/Compact Flash memory configuration sequence using the function
+        HAL_PCCARD_Init()/HAL_CF_Init() with control and timing parameters for
+        both common and attribute spaces.
+
+    (+) Read PCCARD/Compact Flash memory maker and device IDs using the function
+        HAL_PCCARD_Read_ID()/HAL_CF_Read_ID(). The read information is stored in
+        the CompactFlash_ID structure declared by the function caller.
+
+    (+) Access PCCARD/Compact Flash memory by read/write operations using the functions
+        HAL_PCCARD_Read_Sector()/ HAL_PCCARD_Write_Sector() -
+        HAL_CF_Read_Sector()/HAL_CF_Write_Sector(), to read/write sector.
+
+    (+) Perform PCCARD/Compact Flash Reset chip operation using the function
+        HAL_PCCARD_Reset()/HAL_CF_Reset.
+
+    (+) Perform PCCARD/Compact Flash erase sector operation using the function
+        HAL_PCCARD_Erase_Sector()/HAL_CF_Erase_Sector.
+
+    (+) Read the PCCARD/Compact Flash status operation using the function
+        HAL_PCCARD_ReadStatus()/HAL_CF_ReadStatus().
+
+    (+) You can monitor the PCCARD/Compact Flash  device HAL state by calling
+        the function HAL_PCCARD_GetState()/HAL_CF_GetState()
+
+   [..]
+     (@) This driver is a set of generic APIs which handle standard PCCARD/compact flash
+         operations. If a PCCARD/Compact Flash device contains different operations
+         and/or implementations, it should be implemented separately.
+
+      *** Callback registration ***
+    =============================================
+    [..]
+      The compilation define  USE_HAL_PCCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
+      allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+
+      Use Functions HAL_PCCARD_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback,
+      it allows to register following callbacks:
+        (+) MspInitCallback    : PCCARD MspInit.
+        (+) MspDeInitCallback  : PCCARD MspDeInit.
+      This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+      and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+      Use function HAL_PCCARD_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
+      weak (surcharged) function. It allows to reset following callbacks:
+        (+) MspInitCallback    : PCCARD MspInit.
+        (+) MspDeInitCallback  : PCCARD MspDeInit.
+      This function) takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle and the Callback ID.
+
+      By default, after the HAL_PCCARD_Init and if the state is HAL_PCCARD_STATE_RESET
+      all callbacks are reset to the corresponding legacy weak (surcharged) functions.
+      Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit callbacks that are respectively
+      reset to the legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the HAL_PCCARD_Init
+      and  HAL_PCCARD_DeInit only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
+      If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the HAL_PCCARD_Init and HAL_PCCARD_DeInit
+      keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand)
+
+      Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in READY state only.
+      Exception done for MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks that can be registered/unregistered
+      in READY or RESET state, thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used
+      during the Init/DeInit.
+      In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+      using HAL_PCCARD_RegisterCallback before calling HAL_PCCARD_DeInit
+      or HAL_PCCARD_Init function.
+
+      When The compilation define USE_HAL_PCCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+      not defined, the callback registering feature is not available
+      and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                       opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
+
+#if defined(FMC_BANK4)
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/** @defgroup PCCARD PCCARD
+  * @brief PCCARD HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PCCARD_Private_Defines PCCARD Private Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+#define PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_ID                 0x0000FFFFU
+#define PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE_SECTOR       0x0000FFFFU
+#define PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERASE_SECTOR            0x00000400U
+#define PCCARD_TIMEOUT_STATUS                  0x01000000U
+
+#define PCCARD_STATUS_OK                       (uint8_t)0x58
+#define PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK                 (uint8_t)0x50
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function ----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup PCCARD_Exported_Functions PCCARD Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCCARD_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  * @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+          ##### PCCARD Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize
+    the PCCARD memory
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Perform the PCCARD memory Initialization sequence
+  * @param  hpccard pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @param  ComSpaceTiming Common space timing structure
+  * @param  AttSpaceTiming Attribute space timing structure
+  * @param  IOSpaceTiming IO space timing structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Init(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *ComSpaceTiming,
+                                  FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *AttSpaceTiming, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *IOSpaceTiming)
+{
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  if (hpccard == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if (hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hpccard->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+#if (USE_HAL_PCCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    if (hpccard->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+    {
+      hpccard->MspInitCallback = HAL_PCCARD_MspInit;
+    }
+    hpccard->ItCallback = HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback;
+
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    hpccard->MspInitCallback(hpccard);
+#else
+    /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
+    HAL_PCCARD_MspInit(hpccard);
+#endif
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the PCCARD state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Initialize PCCARD control Interface */
+  FMC_PCCARD_Init(hpccard->Instance, &(hpccard->Init));
+
+  /* Init PCCARD common space timing Interface */
+  FMC_PCCARD_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(hpccard->Instance, ComSpaceTiming);
+
+  /* Init PCCARD attribute space timing Interface */
+  FMC_PCCARD_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(hpccard->Instance, AttSpaceTiming);
+
+  /* Init PCCARD IO space timing Interface */
+  FMC_PCCARD_IOSpace_Timing_Init(hpccard->Instance, IOSpaceTiming);
+
+  /* Enable the PCCARD device */
+  __FMC_PCCARD_ENABLE(hpccard->Instance);
+
+  /* Update the PCCARD state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Perform the PCCARD memory De-initialization sequence
+  * @param  hpccard pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  HAL_PCCARD_DeInit(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
+{
+#if (USE_HAL_PCCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  if (hpccard->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    hpccard->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit;
+  }
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  hpccard->MspDeInitCallback(hpccard);
+#else
+  /* De-Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
+  HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit(hpccard);
+#endif
+
+  /* Configure the PCCARD registers with their reset values */
+  FMC_PCCARD_DeInit(hpccard->Instance);
+
+  /* Update the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  PCCARD MSP Init
+  * @param  hpccard pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCCARD_MspInit(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hpccard);
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCCARD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  PCCARD MSP DeInit
+  * @param  hpccard pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hpccard);
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCCARD_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output functions
+  * @brief    Input Output and memory control functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### PCCARD Input and Output functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to use and control the PCCARD memory
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Read Compact Flash's ID.
+  * @param  hpccard pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @param  CompactFlash_ID Compact flash ID structure.
+  * @param  pStatus pointer to compact flash status
+  * @retval HAL status
+  *
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Read_ID(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, uint8_t CompactFlash_ID[], uint8_t *pStatus)
+{
+  uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_ID, index = 0U;
+  uint8_t status = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpccard);
+
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  if (hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Initialize the PCCARD status */
+  *pStatus = PCCARD_READY;
+
+  /* Send the Identify Command */
+  *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD)  = (uint16_t)0xECEC;
+
+  /* Read PCCARD IDs and timeout treatment */
+  do
+  {
+    /* Read the PCCARD status */
+    status = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+
+    timeout--;
+  } while ((status != PCCARD_STATUS_OK) && timeout);
+
+  if (timeout == 0U)
+  {
+    *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Read PCCARD ID bytes */
+    for (index = 0U; index < 16U; index++)
+    {
+      CompactFlash_ID[index] = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_DATA);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Update the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Read sector from PCCARD memory
+  * @param  hpccard pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @param  pBuffer pointer to destination read buffer
+  * @param  SectorAddress Sector address to read
+  * @param  pStatus pointer to PCCARD status
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Read_Sector(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, uint16_t *pBuffer, uint16_t SectorAddress,
+                                         uint8_t *pStatus)
+{
+  uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE_SECTOR, index = 0U;
+  uint8_t status = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpccard);
+
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  if (hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Initialize PCCARD status */
+  *pStatus = PCCARD_READY;
+
+  /* Set the parameters to write a sector */
+  *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CYLINDER_HIGH) = (uint16_t)0x0000;
+  *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_SECTOR_COUNT)  = ((uint16_t)0x0100) | ((uint16_t)SectorAddress);
+  *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD)    = (uint16_t)0xE4A0;
+
+  do
+  {
+    /* wait till the Status = 0x80 */
+    status =  *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+    timeout--;
+  } while ((status == 0x80U) && timeout);
+
+  if (timeout == 0U)
+  {
+    *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE_SECTOR;
+
+  do
+  {
+    /* wait till the Status = PCCARD_STATUS_OK */
+    status =  *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+    timeout--;
+  } while ((status != PCCARD_STATUS_OK) && timeout);
+
+  if (timeout == 0U)
+  {
+    *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Read bytes */
+  for (; index < PCCARD_SECTOR_SIZE; index++)
+  {
+    *(uint16_t *)pBuffer++ = *(uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR);
+  }
+
+  /* Update the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Write sector to PCCARD memory
+  * @param  hpccard pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @param  pBuffer pointer to source write buffer
+  * @param  SectorAddress Sector address to write
+  * @param  pStatus pointer to PCCARD status
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Write_Sector(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, uint16_t *pBuffer, uint16_t SectorAddress,
+                                          uint8_t *pStatus)
+{
+  uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE_SECTOR, index = 0U;
+  uint8_t status = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpccard);
+
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  if (hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Initialize PCCARD status */
+  *pStatus = PCCARD_READY;
+
+  /* Set the parameters to write a sector */
+  *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CYLINDER_HIGH) = (uint16_t)0x0000;
+  *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_SECTOR_COUNT)  = ((uint16_t)0x0100) | ((uint16_t)SectorAddress);
+  *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD)    = (uint16_t)0x30A0;
+
+  do
+  {
+    /* Wait till the Status = PCCARD_STATUS_OK */
+    status =  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+    timeout--;
+  } while ((status != PCCARD_STATUS_OK) && timeout);
+
+  if (timeout == 0U)
+  {
+    *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Write bytes */
+  for (; index < PCCARD_SECTOR_SIZE; index++)
+  {
+    *(uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR) = *(uint16_t *)pBuffer++;
+  }
+
+  do
+  {
+    /* Wait till the Status = PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK */
+    status =  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+    timeout--;
+  } while ((status != PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK) && timeout);
+
+  if (timeout == 0U)
+  {
+    *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Erase sector from PCCARD memory
+  * @param  hpccard pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @param  SectorAddress Sector address to erase
+  * @param  pStatus pointer to PCCARD status
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  HAL_PCCARD_Erase_Sector(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, uint16_t SectorAddress, uint8_t *pStatus)
+{
+  uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERASE_SECTOR;
+  uint8_t status = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpccard);
+
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  if (hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Initialize PCCARD status */
+  *pStatus = PCCARD_READY;
+
+  /* Set the parameters to write a sector */
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CYLINDER_LOW)  = 0x00;
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CYLINDER_HIGH) = 0x00;
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_SECTOR_NUMBER) = SectorAddress;
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_SECTOR_COUNT)  = 0x01;
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CARD_HEAD)     = 0xA0;
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD)    = ATA_ERASE_SECTOR_CMD;
+
+  /* wait till the PCCARD is ready */
+  status =  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+
+  while ((status != PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK) && timeout)
+  {
+    status =  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+    timeout--;
+  }
+
+  if (timeout == 0U)
+  {
+    *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reset the PCCARD memory
+  * @param  hpccard pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Reset(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpccard);
+
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  if (hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Provide a SW reset and Read and verify the:
+   - PCCard Configuration Option Register at address 0x98000200 --> 0x80
+   - Card Configuration and Status Register at address 0x98000202 --> 0x00
+   - Pin Replacement Register at address 0x98000204 --> 0x0C
+   - Socket and Copy Register at address 0x98000206 --> 0x00
+  */
+
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_ATTRIBUTE_SPACE_ADDRESS | ATA_CARD_CONFIGURATION) = 0x01;
+
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles PCCARD device interrupt request.
+  * @param  hpccard pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+void HAL_PCCARD_IRQHandler(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
+{
+  /* Check PCCARD interrupt Rising edge flag */
+  if (__FMC_PCCARD_GET_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_RISING_EDGE))
+  {
+    /* PCCARD interrupt callback*/
+#if (USE_HAL_PCCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    hpccard->ItCallback(hpccard);
+#else
+    HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(hpccard);
+#endif
+
+    /* Clear PCCARD interrupt Rising edge pending bit */
+    __FMC_PCCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_RISING_EDGE);
+  }
+
+  /* Check PCCARD interrupt Level flag */
+  if (__FMC_PCCARD_GET_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_LEVEL))
+  {
+    /* PCCARD interrupt callback*/
+#if (USE_HAL_PCCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    hpccard->ItCallback(hpccard);
+#else
+    HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(hpccard);
+#endif
+
+    /* Clear PCCARD interrupt Level pending bit */
+    __FMC_PCCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_LEVEL);
+  }
+
+  /* Check PCCARD interrupt Falling edge flag */
+  if (__FMC_PCCARD_GET_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_FALLING_EDGE))
+  {
+    /* PCCARD interrupt callback*/
+#if (USE_HAL_PCCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    hpccard->ItCallback(hpccard);
+#else
+    HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(hpccard);
+#endif
+
+    /* Clear PCCARD interrupt Falling edge pending bit */
+    __FMC_PCCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_FALLING_EDGE);
+  }
+
+  /* Check PCCARD interrupt FIFO empty flag */
+  if (__FMC_PCCARD_GET_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_FEMPT))
+  {
+    /* PCCARD interrupt callback*/
+#if (USE_HAL_PCCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    hpccard->ItCallback(hpccard);
+#else
+    HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(hpccard);
+#endif
+
+    /* Clear PCCARD interrupt FIFO empty pending bit */
+    __FMC_PCCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_FEMPT);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  PCCARD interrupt feature callback
+  * @param  hpccard pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hpccard);
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+  * @brief  Register a User PCCARD Callback
+  *         To be used instead of the weak (surcharged) predefined callback
+  * @param hpccard : PCCARD handle
+  * @param CallbackId : ID of the callback to be registered
+  *        This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_PCCARD_MSP_INIT_CB_ID       PCCARD MspInit callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_PCCARD_MSP_DEINIT_CB_ID     PCCARD MspDeInit callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_PCCARD_IT_CB_ID             PCCARD IT callback ID
+  * @param pCallback : pointer to the Callback function
+  * @retval status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_RegisterCallback(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, HAL_PCCARD_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackId,
+                                              pPCCARD_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  if (pCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpccard);
+
+  if (hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackId)
+    {
+      case HAL_PCCARD_MSP_INIT_CB_ID :
+        hpccard->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+      case HAL_PCCARD_MSP_DEINIT_CB_ID :
+        hpccard->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+      case HAL_PCCARD_IT_CB_ID :
+        hpccard->ItCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+      default :
+        /* update return status */
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else if (hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackId)
+    {
+      case HAL_PCCARD_MSP_INIT_CB_ID :
+        hpccard->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+      case HAL_PCCARD_MSP_DEINIT_CB_ID :
+        hpccard->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+      default :
+        /* update return status */
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* update return status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unregister a User PCCARD Callback
+  *         PCCARD Callback is redirected to the weak (surcharged) predefined callback
+  * @param hpccard : PCCARD handle
+  * @param CallbackId : ID of the callback to be unregistered
+  *        This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_PCCARD_MSP_INIT_CB_ID       PCCARD MspInit callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_PCCARD_MSP_DEINIT_CB_ID     PCCARD MspDeInit callback ID
+  *          @arg @ref HAL_PCCARD_IT_CB_ID             PCCARD IT callback ID
+  * @retval status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_UnRegisterCallback(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, HAL_PCCARD_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackId)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpccard);
+
+  if (hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackId)
+    {
+      case HAL_PCCARD_MSP_INIT_CB_ID :
+        hpccard->MspInitCallback = HAL_PCCARD_MspInit;
+        break;
+      case HAL_PCCARD_MSP_DEINIT_CB_ID :
+        hpccard->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit;
+        break;
+      case HAL_PCCARD_IT_CB_ID :
+        hpccard->ItCallback = HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback;
+        break;
+      default :
+        /* update return status */
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else if (hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackId)
+    {
+      case HAL_PCCARD_MSP_INIT_CB_ID :
+        hpccard->MspInitCallback = HAL_PCCARD_MspInit;
+        break;
+      case HAL_PCCARD_MSP_DEINIT_CB_ID :
+        hpccard->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit;
+        break;
+      default :
+        /* update return status */
+        status =  HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* update return status */
+    status =  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
+  return status;
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCCARD_Exported_Functions_Group3 State functions
+  *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### PCCARD State functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the PCCARD controller
+    and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  return the PCCARD controller state
+  * @param  hpccard pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_PCCARD_StateTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_GetState(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
+{
+  return hpccard->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the compact flash memory status
+  * @param  hpccard pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @retval New status of the PCCARD operation. This parameter can be:
+  *          - CompactFlash_TIMEOUT_ERROR: when the previous operation generate
+  *            a Timeout error
+  *          - CompactFlash_READY: when memory is ready for the next operation
+  */
+HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_GetStatus(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
+{
+  uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_STATUS, status_pccard = 0U;
+
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  if (hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_PCCARD_STATUS_ONGOING;
+  }
+
+  status_pccard =  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+
+  while ((status_pccard == PCCARD_BUSY) && timeout)
+  {
+    status_pccard =  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+    timeout--;
+  }
+
+  if (timeout == 0U)
+  {
+    status_pccard =  PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Return the operation status */
+  return (HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef) status_pccard;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads the Compact Flash memory status using the Read status command
+  * @param  hpccard pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @retval The status of the Compact Flash memory. This parameter can be:
+  *          - CompactFlash_BUSY: when memory is busy
+  *          - CompactFlash_READY: when memory is ready for the next operation
+  *          - CompactFlash_ERROR: when the previous operation generates error
+  */
+HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_ReadStatus(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
+{
+  uint8_t data = 0U, status_pccard = PCCARD_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  if (hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_PCCARD_STATUS_ONGOING;
+  }
+
+  /* Read status operation */
+  data =  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+
+  if ((data & PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR) == PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR)
+  {
+    status_pccard = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
+  }
+  else if ((data & PCCARD_READY) == PCCARD_READY)
+  {
+    status_pccard = PCCARD_READY;
+  }
+
+  return (HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef) status_pccard;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* FMC_BANK4 */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_pcd_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   PCD Extended HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
+  *           + Extended features functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCDEx PCDEx
+  * @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined (USB)
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions PCDEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions
+  * @brief    PCDEx control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                 ##### Extended features functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Update FIFO configuration
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure PMA for EP
+  * @param  hpcd  Device instance
+  * @param  ep_addr endpoint address
+  * @param  ep_kind endpoint Kind
+  *                  USB_SNG_BUF: Single Buffer used
+  *                  USB_DBL_BUF: Double Buffer used
+  * @param  pmaadress: EP address in The PMA: In case of single buffer endpoint
+  *                   this parameter is 16-bit value providing the address
+  *                   in PMA allocated to endpoint.
+  *                   In case of double buffer endpoint this parameter
+  *                   is a 32-bit value providing the endpoint buffer 0 address
+  *                   in the LSB part of 32-bit value and endpoint buffer 1 address
+  *                   in the MSB part of 32-bit value.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  HAL_PCDEx_PMAConfig(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint16_t ep_addr,
+                                       uint16_t ep_kind, uint32_t pmaadress)
+{
+  PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+  /* initialize ep structure*/
+  if ((0x80U & ep_addr) == 0x80U)
+  {
+    ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr];
+  }
+
+  /* Here we check if the endpoint is single or double Buffer*/
+  if (ep_kind == PCD_SNG_BUF)
+  {
+    /* Single Buffer */
+    ep->doublebuffer = 0U;
+    /* Configure the PMA */
+    ep->pmaadress = (uint16_t)pmaadress;
+  }
+  else /* USB_DBL_BUF */
+  {
+    /* Double Buffer Endpoint */
+    ep->doublebuffer = 1U;
+    /* Configure the PMA */
+    ep->pmaaddr0 = (uint16_t)(pmaadress & 0xFFFFU);
+    ep->pmaaddr1 = (uint16_t)((pmaadress & 0xFFFF0000U) >> 16);
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Software Device Connection,
+  *         this function is not required by USB OTG FS peripheral, it is used
+  *         only by USB Device FS peripheral.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  state connection state (0 : disconnected / 1: connected)
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCDEx_SetConnectionState(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t state)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hpcd);
+  UNUSED(state);
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCDEx_SetConnectionState could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Send LPM message to user layer callback.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  msg LPM message
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_LPM_MsgTypeDef msg)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hpcd);
+  UNUSED(msg);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Send BatteryCharging message to user layer callback.
+  * @param  hpcd PCD handle
+  * @param  msg LPM message
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_BCD_MsgTypeDef msg)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hpcd);
+  UNUSED(msg);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* defined (USB) */
+#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_pwr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,461 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_hal_pwr.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   PWR HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization/de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR PWR
+  * @brief PWR HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions 
+  *  @brief    Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+      After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data
+      registers and backup SRAM) is protected against possible unwanted
+      write accesses.
+      To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows:
+        (+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the
+            __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
+        (+) Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Deinitializes the PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void)
+{
+  __HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
+  *         backup data registers and backup SRAM).
+  * @note  If the HSE divided by 32 is used as the RTC clock, the
+  *         Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP);  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
+  *         backup data registers and backup SRAM).
+  * @note  If the HSE divided by 32 is used as the RTC clock, the
+  *         Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP);  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions 
+  *  @brief Low Power modes configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+
+ ===============================================================================
+                 ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    
+    *** WakeUp pin configuration ***
+    ================================
+    [..]
+      (+) WakeUp pin is used to wakeup the system from Standby mode. This pin is
+          forced in input pull down configuration and is active on rising edges.
+      (+) There are up to three WakeUp pins:
+          (++)WakeUp Pin 1 on PA.00.
+          (++)WakeUp Pin 2 on PC.13 (STM32F303xC, STM32F303xE only).
+          (++)WakeUp Pin 3 on PE.06.
+
+    *** Main and Backup Regulators configuration ***
+    ================================================
+    [..]
+      (+) When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected to VDD)
+          the backup SRAM is powered from VDD which replaces the VBAT power supply to
+          save battery life.
+
+      (+) The backup SRAM is not mass erased by a tamper event. It is read
+          protected to prevent confidential data, such as cryptographic private
+          key, from being accessed. The backup SRAM can be erased only through
+          the Flash interface when a protection level change from level 1 to
+          level 0 is requested.
+      -@- Refer to the description of Read protection (RDP) in the Flash
+          programming manual.
+
+        Refer to the datasheets for more details.
+
+    *** Low Power modes configuration ***
+    =====================================
+    [..]
+      The devices feature 3 low-power modes:
+      (+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M4 core stopped, peripherals kept running.
+      (+) Stop mode: all clocks are stopped, regulator running, regulator
+          in low power mode
+      (+) Standby mode: 1.2V domain powered off (mode not available on STM32F3x8 devices).
+
+   *** Sleep mode ***
+   ==================
+    [..]
+      (+) Entry:
+          The Sleep mode is entered by using the HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx)
+              functions with
+          (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
+          (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
+     
+      (+) Exit:
+        (++) Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt
+              controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode.
+
+   *** Stop mode ***
+   =================
+    [..]
+      In Stop mode, all clocks in the 1.8V domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI,
+      and the HSE RC oscillators are disabled. Internal SRAM and register contents
+      are preserved.
+      The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode to minimize the consumption.
+
+      (+) Entry:
+          The Stop mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON, PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI )
+             function with:
+          (++) Main regulator ON or
+          (++) Low Power regulator ON.
+          (++) PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction or
+          (++) PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction
+      (+) Exit:
+          (++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt/Event mode.
+          (++) Some specific communication peripherals (CEC, USART, I2C) interrupts, 
+               when programmed in wakeup mode (the peripheral must be 
+               programmed in wakeup mode and the corresponding interrupt vector 
+               must be enabled in the NVIC).
+
+   *** Standby mode ***
+   ====================
+     [..]
+      The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based
+      on the Cortex-M4 deep sleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled.
+      The 1.8V domain is consequently powered off. The PLL, the HSI oscillator and
+      the HSE oscillator are also switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost
+      except for the RTC registers, RTC backup registers, backup SRAM and Standby
+      circuitry.
+      The voltage regulator is OFF.
+
+      (+) Entry:
+          (++) The Standby mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function.
+      (+) Exit:
+          (++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm (Alarm A and Alarm B), RTC wakeup,
+               tamper event, time-stamp event, external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset.
+
+   *** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode ***
+   =============================================
+    [..]
+      The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC
+      Wakeup event, a tamper event, a time-stamp event, or a comparator event, 
+      without depending on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode).
+
+    (+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop and Standby modes
+
+      (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to
+            configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function.
+
+      (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it
+           is necessary to configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the
+           HAL_RTC_SetTimeStamp_IT() or HAL_RTC_SetTamper_IT() functions.
+
+      (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to
+           configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the HAL_RTC_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function.
+
+    (+) Comparator auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop mode
+
+      (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with a comparator wakeup event, it is necessary to:
+           (+++) Configure the EXTI Line associated with the comparator (example EXTI Line 22 for comparator 2U) 
+                 to be sensitive to to the selected edges (falling, rising or falling 
+                 and rising) (Interrupt or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function.
+           (+++) Configure the comparator to generate the event.      
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enables the WakeUp PINx functionality.
+  * @param WakeUpPinx Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to enable.
+  *         This parameter can be value of :
+  *           @ref PWR_WakeUp_Pins
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
+  /* Enable the EWUPx pin */
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CSR, WakeUpPinx);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disables the WakeUp PINx functionality.
+  * @param WakeUpPinx Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable.
+  *         This parameter can be values of :
+  *           @ref PWR_WakeUp_Pins
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
+  /* Disable the EWUPx pin */
+  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CSR, WakeUpPinx);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enters Sleep mode.
+  * @note  In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+  * @param Regulator Specifies the regulator state in SLEEP mode.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with regulator ON
+  *            @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with low power regulator ON
+  * @note This parameter has no effect in F3 family and is just maintained to 
+  *       offer full portability of other STM32 families softwares.
+  * @param SLEEPEntry Specifies if SLEEP mode is entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+  *           When WFI entry is used, tick interrupt have to be disabled if not desired as 
+  *           the interrupt wake up source.
+  *           This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
+  *            @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry));
+
+  /* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk);
+
+  /* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/
+  if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+    __WFI();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Event */
+    __SEV();
+    __WFE();
+    __WFE();
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enters STOP mode.
+  * @note  In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+  * @note  When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
+  *         the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock.
+  * @note  When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional
+  *         startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode.
+  *         By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption
+  *         is higher although the startup time is reduced.
+  * @param Regulator Specifies the regulator state in STOP mode.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: STOP mode with regulator ON
+  *            @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: STOP mode with low power regulator ON
+  * @param STOPEntry specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI:Enter STOP mode with WFI instruction
+  *            @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: Enter STOP mode with WFE instruction
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0U;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
+
+  /* Select the regulator state in STOP mode ---------------------------------*/
+  tmpreg = PWR->CR;
+  
+  /* Clear PDDS and LPDS bits */
+  tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~(PWR_CR_PDDS | PWR_CR_LPDS);
+
+  /* Set LPDS bit according to Regulator value */
+  tmpreg |= Regulator;
+
+  /* Store the new value */
+  PWR->CR = tmpreg;
+
+  /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk;
+
+  /* Select STOP mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
+  if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI)
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+    __WFI();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Event */
+    __SEV();
+    __WFE();
+    __WFE();
+  }
+
+  /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enters STANDBY mode.
+  * @note  In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for:
+  *          - Reset pad (still available), 
+  *          - RTC alternate function pins if configured for tamper, time-stamp, RTC
+  *            Alarm out, or RTC clock calibration out, 
+  *          - WKUP pins if enabled.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void)
+{
+  /* Select STANDBY mode */
+  PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_PDDS;
+
+  /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk;
+
+  /* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM)
+  __force_stores();
+#endif
+  /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+  __WFI();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Indicates Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode. 
+  * @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor 
+  *       re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
+  *       Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on
+  *       interruptions handling.         
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void)
+{
+  /* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disables Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode. 
+  * @note Clears SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor 
+  *       re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.          
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void)
+{
+  /* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit. 
+  * @note Sets SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes 
+  *       WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void)
+{
+  /* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit. 
+  * @note Clears SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes 
+  *       WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.         
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void)
+{
+  /* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_pwr_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_hal_pwr_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Extended PWR HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
+  *           + Extended Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  *         
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWREx PWREx
+  * @brief    PWREx HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup PWREx_Private_Constants PWR Extended Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define PVD_MODE_IT               (0x00010000U)
+#define PVD_MODE_EVT              (0x00020000U)
+#define PVD_RISING_EDGE           (0x00000001U)
+#define PVD_FALLING_EDGE          (0x00000002U)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+ 
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions PWR Extended Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Extended Control Functions
+  *  @brief   Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+
+ ===============================================================================
+                 ##### Peripheral Extended control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    *** PVD configuration (present on all other devices than STM32F3x8 devices) ***
+    =========================
+    [..]
+      (+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a
+          threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR).
+      (+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower
+          than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI
+          line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through
+          __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() macro
+      (+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode.
+      -@- PVD is not available on STM32F3x8 Product Line
+
+
+    *** Voltage regulator ***
+    =========================
+    [..]
+      (+) The voltage regulator is always enabled after Reset. It works in three different
+          modes.
+          In Run mode, the regulator supplies full power to the 1.8V domain (core, memories
+          and digital peripherals).
+          In Stop mode, the regulator supplies low power to the 1.8V domain, preserving
+          contents of registers and SRAM.
+          In Stop mode, the regulator is powered off. The contents of the registers and SRAM
+          are lost except for the Standby circuitry and the Backup Domain.
+          Note: in the STM32F3x8xx devices, the voltage regulator is bypassed and the
+          microcontroller must be powered from a nominal VDD = 1.8V +/-8U% voltage.
+
+
+      (+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower
+          than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI
+          line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through
+          __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() macro
+      (+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode.
+
+
+    *** SDADC power configuration ***
+    ================================
+    [..]
+      (+) On STM32F373xC/STM32F378xx devices, there are up to 
+          3 SDADC instances that can be enabled/disabled.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(STM32F302xE) || defined(STM32F303xE) || \
+    defined(STM32F302xC) || defined(STM32F303xC) || \
+    defined(STM32F303x8) || defined(STM32F334x8) || \
+    defined(STM32F301x8) || defined(STM32F302x8) || \
+    defined(STM32F373xC)
+
+/**
+  * @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
+  * @param sConfigPVD pointer to an PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the configuration
+  *        information for the PVD.
+  * @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for
+  *         more details about the voltage threshold corresponding to each
+  *         detection level.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(sConfigPVD->PVDLevel));
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(sConfigPVD->Mode));
+
+  /* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PVDLevel value */
+  MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PLS, sConfigPVD->PVDLevel);
+  
+  /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */
+  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT();
+  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
+  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+
+  /* Configure interrupt mode */
+  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_IT) == PVD_MODE_IT)
+  {
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+  }
+  
+  /* Configure event mode */
+  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_EVT) == PVD_MODE_EVT)
+  {
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT();
+  }
+  
+  /* Configure the edge */
+  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_RISING_EDGE) == PVD_RISING_EDGE)
+  {
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+  }
+  
+  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_FALLING_EDGE) == PVD_FALLING_EDGE)
+  {
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PVDE);  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PVDE);  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles the PWR PVD interrupt request.
+  * @note This API should be called under the PVD_IRQHandler().
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  /* Check PWR exti flag */
+  if(__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != RESET)
+  {
+    /* PWR PVD interrupt user callback */
+    HAL_PWR_PVDCallback();
+
+    /* Clear PWR Exti pending bit */
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief PWR PVD interrupt callback
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PWR_PVDCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+#endif /* STM32F302xE || STM32F303xE || */
+       /* STM32F302xC || STM32F303xC || */
+       /* STM32F303x8 || STM32F334x8 || */
+       /* STM32F301x8 || STM32F302x8 || */
+       /* STM32F373xC                   */
+
+#if defined(STM32F373xC) || defined(STM32F378xx)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables the SDADC peripheral functionaliy
+  * @param  Analogx specifies the SDADC peripheral instance.
+  *   This parameter can be: PWR_SDADC_ANALOG1, PWR_SDADC_ANALOG2 or PWR_SDADC_ANALOG3.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableSDADC(uint32_t Analogx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_SDADC_ANALOG(Analogx));
+
+  /* Enable PWR clock interface for SDADC use */
+  __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+    
+  PWR->CR |= Analogx;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables the SDADC peripheral functionaliy
+  * @param  Analogx specifies the SDADC peripheral instance.
+  *   This parameter can be: PWR_SDADC_ANALOG1, PWR_SDADC_ANALOG2 or PWR_SDADC_ANALOG3.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisableSDADC(uint32_t Analogx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_SDADC_ANALOG(Analogx));
+  
+  PWR->CR &= ~Analogx;
+}
+
+#endif /* STM32F373xC || STM32F378xx */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   SMARTCARD HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides extended firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the SmartCard.
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  =============================================================================
+               ##### SMARTCARD peripheral extended features  #####
+  =============================================================================
+  [..]
+  The Extended SMARTCARD HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+    (#) After having configured the SMARTCARD basic features with HAL_SMARTCARD_Init(),
+        then program SMARTCARD advanced features if required (TX/RX pins swap, TimeOut,
+        auto-retry counter,...) in the hsmartcard AdvancedInit structure.
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx SMARTCARDEx
+  * @brief SMARTCARD Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+#ifdef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions  SMARTCARD Extended Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  * @brief    Extended control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+  ===============================================================================
+  [..]
+  This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SMARTCARD.
+     (+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config() API allows to configure the Block Length on the fly
+     (+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config() API allows to configure the receiver timeout value on the fly
+     (+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut() API enables the receiver timeout feature
+     (+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut() API disables the receiver timeout feature
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @brief Update on the fly the SMARTCARD block length in RTOR register.
+  * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                    the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+  * @param BlockLength SMARTCARD block length (8-bit long at most)
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint8_t BlockLength)
+{
+  MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->RTOR, USART_RTOR_BLEN, ((uint32_t)BlockLength << USART_RTOR_BLEN_Pos));
+}
+
+/** @brief Update on the fly the receiver timeout value in RTOR register.
+  * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                    the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+  * @param TimeOutValue receiver timeout value in number of baud blocks. The timeout
+  *                     value must be less or equal to 0x0FFFFFFFF.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint32_t TimeOutValue)
+{
+  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT_VALUE(hsmartcard->Init.TimeOutValue));
+  MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->RTOR, USART_RTOR_RTO, TimeOutValue);
+}
+
+/** @brief Enable the SMARTCARD receiver timeout feature.
+  * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                    the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+  if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+    hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Set the USART RTOEN bit */
+    SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN);
+
+    hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/** @brief Disable the SMARTCARD receiver timeout feature.
+  * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                    the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+  if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+    hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Clear the USART RTOEN bit */
+    CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN);
+
+    hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Extended Peripheral IO operation functions
+  * @brief   SMARTCARD Transmit and Receive functions
+  *
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Private_Functions  SMARTCARD Extended Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_spi_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_hal_spi_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Extended SPI HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          SPI peripheral extended functionalities :
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPIEx SPIEx
+  * @brief SPI Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPIEx_Private_Constants SPIEx Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define SPI_FIFO_SIZE       4UL
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup SPIEx_Exported_Functions SPIEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPIEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 IO operation functions
+  *  @brief   Data transfers functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of extended functions to manage the SPI
+    data transfers.
+
+    (#) Rx data flush function:
+        (++) HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Flush the RX fifo.
+  * @param  hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmpreg;
+  uint8_t  count = 0U;
+  while ((hspi->Instance->SR & SPI_FLAG_FRLVL) !=  SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY)
+  {
+    count++;
+    tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR;
+    UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */
+    if (count == SPI_FIFO_SIZE)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm_template.c

@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm_template.c
+  * @brief   HAL time base based on the hardware RTC_ALARM Template.
+  *
+  *          This file override the native HAL time base functions (defined as weak)
+  *          to use the RTC ALARM for time base generation:
+  *           + Intializes the RTC peripheral to increment the seconds registers each 1ms
+  *           + The alarm is configured to assert an interrupt when the RTC reaches 1ms 
+  *           + HAL_IncTick is called at each Alarm event and the time is reset to 00:00:00
+  *           + HSE (default), LSE or LSI can be selected as RTC clock source  
+ @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This file must be copied to the application folder and modified as follows:
+    (#) Rename it to 'stm32f3xx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm.c'
+    (#) Add this file and the RTC HAL drivers to your project and uncomment
+       HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED define in stm32f3xx_hal_conf.h 
+
+    [..]
+    (@) HAL RTC alarm and HAL RTC wakeup drivers can<61>t be used with low power modes:
+        The wake up capability of the RTC may be intrusive in case of prior low power mode
+        configuration requiring different wake up sources.
+        Application/Example behavior is no more guaranteed 
+    (@) The stm32f3xx_hal_timebase_tim use is recommended for the Applications/Examples
+          requiring low power modes
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_TimeBase_RTC_Alarm_Template  HAL TimeBase RTC Alarm Template
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Uncomment the line below to select the appropriate RTC Clock source for your application: 
+  + RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE: can be selected for applications requiring timing precision.
+  + RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing
+                          precision.
+  + RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing
+                          precision.
+  */
+#define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE 
+/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE */
+/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI */
+
+#if defined(RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
+  #define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV       49U
+  #define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV        4U
+#elif defined(RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE)  
+  #define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV       0U
+  #define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV        31U
+#else /*RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI */
+  #define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV       0U
+  #define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV        39U
+#endif /* RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+RTC_HandleTypeDef        hRTC_Handle;
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+void RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler(void);
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function configures the RTC_ALARMA as a time base source. 
+  *         The time source is configured  to have 1ms time base with a dedicated 
+  *         Tick interrupt priority. 
+  * @note   This function is called  automatically at the beginning of program after
+  *         reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
+  * @param  TickPriority Tick interrupt priority.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t counter = 0U;
+
+  RCC_OscInitTypeDef        RCC_OscInitStruct;
+  RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef  PeriphClkInitStruct;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef     status;
+
+#ifdef RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE
+  /* Configue LSE as RTC clock soucre */
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON;
+  PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE;
+#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI)
+  /* Configue LSI as RTC clock soucre */
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON;
+  PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI;
+#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
+  /* Configue HSE as RTC clock soucre */
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON;
+  PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV32;
+#else
+#error Please select the RTC Clock source
+#endif /* RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE */
+
+  status = HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct);
+  if (status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    PeriphClkInitStruct.PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC;
+    status = HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(&PeriphClkInitStruct);
+  }
+  if (status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Enable RTC Clock */
+    __HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE();
+
+    /* The time base should be 1ms
+       Time base = ((RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV + 1U) * (RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV + 1U)) / RTC_CLOCK
+       HSE/32 as RTC clock and HSE 8MHz
+         Time base = ((49U + 1U) * (4U + 1U)) / 250kHz
+                   = 1ms
+       LSE as RTC clock
+         Time base = ((31U + 1U) * (0U + 1U)) / 32.768KHz
+                   = ~1ms
+       LSI as RTC clock
+         Time base = ((39U + 1U) * (0U + 1U)) / 40KHz
+                   = 1ms
+    */
+    hRTC_Handle.Instance = RTC;
+    hRTC_Handle.Init.HourFormat = RTC_HOURFORMAT_24;
+    hRTC_Handle.Init.AsynchPrediv = RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV;
+    hRTC_Handle.Init.SynchPrediv = RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV;
+    hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPut = RTC_OUTPUT_DISABLE;
+    hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPutPolarity = RTC_OUTPUT_POLARITY_HIGH;
+    hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPutType = RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE_OPENDRAIN;
+    status = HAL_RTC_Init(&hRTC_Handle);
+  }
+  if (status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+    __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+
+    /* Disable the Alarm A interrupt */
+    __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+
+    /* Clear flag alarm A */
+    __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF);
+
+    counter = 0U;
+    /* Wait till RTC ALRAWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
+    while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) == RESET)
+    {
+      if(counter++ == (SystemCoreClock / 48U)) /* Timeout = ~ 1s */
+      {
+        status = HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+     hRTC_Handle.Instance->ALRMAR = 0x01U;
+
+    /* Configure the Alarm state: Enable Alarm */
+    __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+    /* Configure the Alarm interrupt */
+    __HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_ALRA);
+
+    /* RTC Alarm Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */
+    __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+    __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+
+    /* Check if the Initialization mode is set */
+    if ((hRTC_Handle.Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+    {
+      /* Set the Initialization mode */
+      hRTC_Handle.Instance->ISR = (uint32_t)RTC_INIT_MASK;
+      counter = 0U;
+      while((hRTC_Handle.Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+      {
+        if(counter++ == (SystemCoreClock / 48U)) /* Timeout = ~ 1s */
+        {
+          status = HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    hRTC_Handle.Instance->DR = 0U;
+    hRTC_Handle.Instance->TR = 0U;
+
+    hRTC_Handle.Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT;
+
+    /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+    __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+
+    /* Enable the RTC Alarm Interrupt */
+    HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(RTC_Alarm_IRQn);
+
+    /* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
+    if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
+    {
+      HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(RTC_Alarm_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
+      uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Suspend Tick increment.
+  * @note   Disable the tick increment by disabling RTC ALARM interrupt.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
+{
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+  /* Disable RTC ALARM update Interrupt */
+  __HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_ALRA);
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Resume Tick increment.
+  * @note   Enable the tick increment by Enabling RTC ALARM interrupt.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
+{
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+  /* Enable RTC ALARM Update interrupt */
+  __HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_ALRA);
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  ALARM A Event Callback in non blocking mode
+  * @note   This function is called  when RTC_ALARM interrupt took place, inside
+  * RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler(). It makes a direct call to HAL_IncTick() to increment
+  * a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base.
+  * @param  hrtc RTC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t counter = 0U;
+
+  HAL_IncTick();
+
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Set the Initialization mode */
+  hrtc->Instance->ISR = (uint32_t)RTC_INIT_MASK;
+
+  while((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    if(counter++ == (SystemCoreClock /48U)) /* Timeout = ~ 1s */
+    {
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  hrtc->Instance->DR = 0U;
+  hrtc->Instance->TR = 0U;
+
+  hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT;
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles RTC ALARM interrupt request.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler(&hRTC_Handle);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_timebase_rtc_wakeup_template.c

@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_hal_timebase_rtc_wakeup_template.c 
+  * @brief   HAL time base based on the hardware RTC_WAKEUP Template.
+  *    
+  *          This file overrides the native HAL time base functions (defined as weak)
+  *          to use the RTC WAKEUP for the time base generation:
+  *           + Intializes the RTC peripheral and configures the wakeup timer to be
+  *             incremented each 1ms
+  *           + The wakeup feature is configured to assert an interrupt each 1ms 
+  *           + HAL_IncTick is called inside the HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback
+  *           + HSE (default), LSE or LSI can be selected as RTC clock source
+ @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This file must be copied to the application folder and modified as follows:
+    (#) Rename it to 'stm32f3xx_hal_timebase_rtc_wakeup.c'
+    (#) Add this file and the RTC HAL drivers to your project and uncomment
+       HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED define in stm32f3xx_hal_conf.h 
+
+    [..]
+    (@) HAL RTC alarm and HAL RTC wakeup drivers can<61>t be used with low power modes:
+        The wake up capability of the RTC may be intrusive in case of prior low power mode
+        configuration requiring different wake up sources.
+        Application/Example behavior is no more guaranteed 
+    (@) The stm32f3xx_hal_timebase_tim use is recommended for the Applications/Examples
+          requiring low power modes
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_TimeBase_RTC_WakeUp_Template  HAL TimeBase RTC WakeUp Template
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Uncomment the line below to select the appropriate RTC Clock source for your application: 
+  + RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE: can be selected for applications requiring timing precision.
+  + RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing
+                          precision.
+  + RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing
+                          precision.
+  */
+#define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE
+/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE */
+/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI */
+
+#if defined(RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
+  #define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV       49U
+  #define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV        4U
+#elif define(RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE)
+  #define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV       0U
+  #define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV        31U
+#else  /* RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI */
+  #define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV       0U
+  #define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV        39U
+#endif /* RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+RTC_HandleTypeDef        hRTC_Handle;
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+void RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler(void);
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function configures the RTC_WKUP as a time base source. 
+  *         The time source is configured  to have 1ms time base with a dedicated 
+  *         Tick interrupt priority. 
+  *         Wakeup Time base = ((RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV + 1) * (RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV + 1)) / RTC_CLOCK 
+                             = 1ms
+  *         Wakeup Time = WakeupTimebase * WakeUpCounter (0 + 1) 
+                        = 1 ms
+  * @note   This function is called  automatically at the beginning of program after
+  *         reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). 
+  * @param  TickPriority Tick interrupt priority.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t counter = 0U;
+
+  RCC_OscInitTypeDef        RCC_OscInitStruct;
+  RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef  PeriphClkInitStruct;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef     status;
+
+#ifdef RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE
+  /* Configue LSE as RTC clock soucre */
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON;
+  PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE;
+#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI)
+  /* Configue LSI as RTC clock soucre */
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON;
+  PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI;
+#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
+  /* Configue HSE as RTC clock soucre */
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON;
+  PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV32;
+#else
+#error Please select the RTC Clock source
+#endif /* RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE */
+
+  status = HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct);
+  if (status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    PeriphClkInitStruct.PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC;
+    status = (HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(&PeriphClkInitStruct));
+  }
+  if (status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Enable RTC Clock */
+    __HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE();
+
+    /* The time base should be 1ms
+       Time base = ((RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV + 1U) * (RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV + 1U)) / RTC_CLOCK
+       HSE/32 as RTC clock and HSE 8MHz
+         Time base = ((49U + 1U) * (4U + 1U)) / 250kHz
+                   = 1ms
+       LSE as RTC clock
+         Time base = ((31U + 1U) * (0U + 1U)) / 32.768Khz
+                   = ~1ms
+       LSI as RTC clock
+         Time base = ((39U + 1U) * (0U + 1U)) / 40Khz
+                   = 1ms
+    */
+      hRTC_Handle.Instance = RTC;
+      hRTC_Handle.Init.HourFormat = RTC_HOURFORMAT_24;
+      hRTC_Handle.Init.AsynchPrediv = RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV;
+      hRTC_Handle.Init.SynchPrediv = RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV;
+      hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPut = RTC_OUTPUT_DISABLE;
+      hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPutPolarity = RTC_OUTPUT_POLARITY_HIGH;
+      hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPutType = RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE_OPENDRAIN;
+      status = HAL_RTC_Init(&hRTC_Handle);
+  }
+  if (status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+    __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+
+    /* Disable the Wake-up Timer */
+    __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+
+    /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */
+    __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_WUT);
+
+    /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set  */
+    while(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) == RESET)
+    {
+      if(counter++ == (SystemCoreClock / 48U))
+      {
+       status = HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+
+    /* Clear PWR wake up Flag */
+    __HAL_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_WU);
+
+    /* Clear RTC Wake Up timer Flag */
+    __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_CLEAR_FLAG(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_FLAG_WUTF);
+
+    /* Configure the Wake-up Timer counter */
+    hRTC_Handle.Instance->WUTR = 0U;
+
+    /* Clear the Wake-up Timer clock source bits in CR register */
+    hRTC_Handle.Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUCKSEL;
+
+    /* Configure the clock source */
+    hRTC_Handle.Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_CK_SPRE_16BITS;
+
+    /* RTC WakeUpTimer Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */
+    __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+
+    __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+
+    /* Configure the Interrupt in the RTC_CR register */
+    __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle,RTC_IT_WUT);
+
+    /* Enable the Wake-up Timer */
+    __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+
+    /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+    __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+
+    /* Enable the RTC global Interrupt */
+    HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(RTC_WKUP_IRQn);
+
+    /* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
+    if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
+    {
+      HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(RTC_WKUP_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
+      uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Suspend Tick increment.
+  * @note   Disable the tick increment by disabling RTC_WKUP interrupt.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
+{
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+  /* Disable WAKE UP TIMER Interrupt */
+  __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_WUT);
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Resume Tick increment.
+  * @note   Enable the tick increment by Enabling RTC_WKUP interrupt.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
+{
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+  /* Enable  WAKE UP TIMER  interrupt */
+  __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_WUT);
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Wake Up Timer Event Callback in non blocking mode
+  * @note   This function is called  when RTC_WKUP interrupt took place, inside
+  * RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler(). It makes a direct call to HAL_IncTick() to increment
+  * a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base.
+  * @param  hrtc RTC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+  HAL_IncTick();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles  WAKE UP TIMER  interrupt request.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerIRQHandler(&hRTC_Handle);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_timebase_tim_template.c

@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_hal_timebase_tim_template.c 
+  * @brief   HAL time base based on the hardware TIM Template.
+  *    
+  *          This file override the native HAL time base functions (defined as weak)
+  *          the TIM time base:
+  *           + Intializes the TIM peripheral generate a Period elapsed Event each 1ms
+  *           + HAL_IncTick is called inside HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback ie each 1ms
+  * 
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup HAL_TimeBase_TIM
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+TIM_HandleTypeDef        TimHandle;
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+void TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler(void);
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function configures the TIM6 as a time base source. 
+  *         The time source is configured  to have 1ms time base with a dedicated 
+  *         Tick interrupt priority. 
+  * @note   This function is called  automatically at the beginning of program after
+  *         reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). 
+  * @param  TickPriority Tick interrupt priority.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick (uint32_t TickPriority)
+{
+  RCC_ClkInitTypeDef    clkconfig;
+  uint32_t              uwTimclock, uwAPB1Prescaler = 0U;
+  uint32_t              uwPrescalerValue = 0U;
+  uint32_t              pFLatency;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef     status;
+
+  /* Enable TIM6 clock */
+  __HAL_RCC_TIM6_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+  /* Get clock configuration */
+  HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig(&clkconfig, &pFLatency);
+
+  /* Get APB1 prescaler */
+  uwAPB1Prescaler = clkconfig.APB1CLKDivider;
+
+  /* Compute TIM6 clock */
+  if (uwAPB1Prescaler == RCC_HCLK_DIV1)
+  {
+    uwTimclock = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    uwTimclock = 2U * HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+  }
+
+  /* Compute the prescaler value to have TIM6 counter clock equal to 1MHz */
+  uwPrescalerValue = (uint32_t) ((uwTimclock / 1000000U) - 1U);
+
+  /* Initialize TIM6 */
+  TimHandle.Instance = TIM6;
+
+  /* Initialize TIMx peripheral as follow:
+  + Period = [(TIM6CLK/1000U) - 1]. to have a (1U/1000U) s time base.
+  + Prescaler = (uwTimclock/1000000U - 1U) to have a 1MHz counter clock.
+  + ClockDivision = 0
+  + Counter direction = Up
+  */
+  TimHandle.Init.Period = (1000000U / 1000U) - 1U;
+  TimHandle.Init.Prescaler = uwPrescalerValue;
+  TimHandle.Init.ClockDivision = 0U;
+  TimHandle.Init.CounterMode = TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP;
+  TimHandle.Init.AutoReloadPreload = TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD_DISABLE;
+  status = HAL_TIM_Base_Init(&TimHandle);
+  if (status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Start the TIM time Base generation in interrupt mode */
+    status = HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(&TimHandle);
+    if (status == HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM6 global Interrupt */
+      HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(TIM6_DAC_IRQn);
+
+      if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
+      {
+        /* Enable the TIM6 global Interrupt */
+        HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(TIM6_DAC_IRQn, TickPriority, 0);
+        uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        status = HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Return function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Suspend Tick increment.
+  * @note   Disable the tick increment by disabling TIM6 update interrupt.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
+{
+  /* Disable TIM6 update Interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(&TimHandle, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Resume Tick increment.
+  * @note   Enable the tick increment by Enabling TIM6 update interrupt.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
+{
+  /* Enable TIM6 Update interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(&TimHandle, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Period elapsed callback in non blocking mode
+  * @note   This function is called  when TIM6 interrupt took place, inside
+  * HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(). It makes a direct call to HAL_IncTick() to increment
+  * a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base.
+  * @param  htim TIM handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  HAL_IncTick();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles TIM interrupt request.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(&TimHandle);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_uart_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,750 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_hal_uart_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Extended UART HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following extended
+  *          functionalities of the Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter Peripheral (UART).
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+               ##### UART peripheral extended features  #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+    (#) Declare a UART_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
+
+    (#) For the UART RS485 Driver Enable mode, initialize the UART registers
+        by calling the HAL_RS485Ex_Init() API.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup UARTEx UARTEx
+  * @brief UART Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup UARTEx_Private_Functions UARTEx Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static void UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions  UARTEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  * @brief    Extended Initialization and Configuration Functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+===============================================================================
+            ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy
+    in asynchronous mode.
+      (+) For the asynchronous mode the parameters below can be configured:
+        (++) Baud Rate
+        (++) Word Length
+        (++) Stop Bit
+        (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written
+             in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit.
+        (++) Hardware flow control
+        (++) Receiver/transmitter modes
+        (++) Over Sampling Method
+        (++) One-Bit Sampling Method
+      (+) For the asynchronous mode, the following advanced features can be configured as well:
+        (++) TX and/or RX pin level inversion
+        (++) data logical level inversion
+        (++) RX and TX pins swap
+        (++) RX overrun detection disabling
+        (++) DMA disabling on RX error
+        (++) MSB first on communication line
+        (++) auto Baud rate detection
+    [..]
+    The HAL_RS485Ex_Init() API follows the UART RS485 mode configuration
+     procedures (details for the procedures are available in reference manual).
+
+@endverbatim
+
+  Depending on the frame length defined by the M1 and M0 bits (7-bit,
+  8-bit or 9-bit), the possible UART formats are listed in the
+  following table.
+
+    Table 1. UART frame format.
+    +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
+    |  M1 bit |  M0 bit |  PCE bit  |             UART frame                |
+    |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+    |    0    |    0    |    0      |    | SB |    8 bit data   | STB |     |
+    |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+    |    0    |    0    |    1      |    | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB |     |
+    |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+    |    0    |    1    |    0      |    | SB |    9 bit data   | STB |     |
+    |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+    |    0    |    1    |    1      |    | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB |     |
+    |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+    |    1    |    0    |    0      |    | SB |    7 bit data   | STB |     |
+    |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+    |    1    |    0    |    1      |    | SB | 6 bit data | PB | STB |     |
+    +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Initialize the RS485 Driver enable feature according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
+  * @param huart            UART handle.
+  * @param Polarity         Select the driver enable polarity.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref UART_DE_POLARITY_HIGH DE signal is active high
+  *          @arg @ref UART_DE_POLARITY_LOW  DE signal is active low
+  * @param AssertionTime    Driver Enable assertion time:
+  *       5-bit value defining the time between the activation of the DE (Driver Enable)
+  *       signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in sample time
+  *       units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate)
+  * @param DeassertionTime  Driver Enable deassertion time:
+  *       5-bit value defining the time between the end of the last stop bit, in a
+  *       transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal.
+  *       It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the
+  *       oversampling rate).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RS485Ex_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Polarity, uint32_t AssertionTime,
+                                   uint32_t DeassertionTime)
+{
+  uint32_t temp;
+
+  /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+  if (huart == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  /* Check the Driver Enable UART instance */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_DRIVER_ENABLE_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+
+  /* Check the Driver Enable polarity */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_DE_POLARITY(Polarity));
+
+  /* Check the Driver Enable assertion time */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_ASSERTIONTIME(AssertionTime));
+
+  /* Check the Driver Enable deassertion time */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_DEASSERTIONTIME(DeassertionTime));
+
+  if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+    UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart);
+
+    if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+    {
+      huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit;
+    }
+
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    huart->MspInitCallback(huart);
+#else
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX */
+    HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
+#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */
+  }
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Set the UART Communication parameters */
+  if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT)
+  {
+    UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Driver Enable mode by setting the DEM bit in the CR3 register */
+  SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DEM);
+
+  /* Set the Driver Enable polarity */
+  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DEP, Polarity);
+
+  /* Set the Driver Enable assertion and deassertion times */
+  temp = (AssertionTime << UART_CR1_DEAT_ADDRESS_LSB_POS);
+  temp |= (DeassertionTime << UART_CR1_DEDT_ADDRESS_LSB_POS);
+  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_DEDT | USART_CR1_DEAT), temp);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+  /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+  return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+  *  @brief Extended functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    This subsection provides a set of Wakeup and FIFO mode related callback functions.
+
+    (#) Wakeup from Stop mode Callback:
+        (+) HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief UART wakeup from Stop mode callback.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(huart);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+  * @brief    Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..] This section provides the following functions:
+     (+) HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set() API optionally sets the UART node address
+         detection length to more than 4 bits for multiprocessor address mark wake up.
+     (+) HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig() API defines the wake-up from stop mode
+         trigger: address match, Start Bit detection or RXNE bit status.
+     (+) HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode() API enables the UART to wake up the MCU from stop mode
+     (+) HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode() API disables the above functionality
+
+    [..] This subsection also provides a set of additional functions providing enhanced reception
+    services to user. (For example, these functions allow application to handle use cases
+    where number of data to be received is unknown).
+
+    (#) Compared to standard reception services which only consider number of received
+        data elements as reception completion criteria, these functions also consider additional events
+        as triggers for updating reception status to caller :
+       (+) Detection of inactivity period (RX line has not been active for a given period).
+          (++) RX inactivity detected by IDLE event, i.e. RX line has been in idle state (normally high state)
+               for 1 frame time, after last received byte.
+          (++) RX inactivity detected by RTO, i.e. line has been in idle state
+               for a programmable time, after last received byte.
+       (+) Detection that a specific character has been received.
+
+    (#) There are two mode of transfer:
+       (+) Blocking mode: The reception is performed in polling mode, until either expected number of data is received,
+           or till IDLE event occurs. Reception is handled only during function execution.
+           When function exits, no data reception could occur. HAL status and number of actually received data elements,
+           are returned by function after finishing transfer.
+       (+) Non-Blocking mode: The reception is performed using Interrupts or DMA.
+           These API's return the HAL status.
+           The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+           dedicated UART IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when using DMA mode.
+           The HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback() user callback will be executed during Receive process
+           The HAL_UART_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a reception error is detected.
+
+    (#) Blocking mode API:
+        (+) HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle()
+
+    (#) Non-Blocking mode API with Interrupt:
+        (+) HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_IT()
+
+    (#) Non-Blocking mode API with DMA:
+        (+) HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_DMA()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief By default in multiprocessor mode, when the wake up method is set
+  *        to address mark, the UART handles only 4-bit long addresses detection;
+  *        this API allows to enable longer addresses detection (6-, 7- or 8-bit
+  *        long).
+  * @note  Addresses detection lengths are: 6-bit address detection in 7-bit data mode,
+  *        7-bit address detection in 8-bit data mode, 8-bit address detection in 9-bit data mode.
+  * @param huart         UART handle.
+  * @param AddressLength This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_4B 4-bit long address
+  *          @arg @ref UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_7B 6-, 7- or 8-bit long address
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t AddressLength)
+{
+  /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+  if (huart == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the address length parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_ADDRESSLENGTH_DETECT(AddressLength));
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Set the address length */
+  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADDM7, AddressLength);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+  /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState to Ready */
+  return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set Wakeup from Stop mode interrupt flag selection.
+  * @note It is the application responsibility to enable the interrupt used as
+  *       usart_wkup interrupt source before entering low-power mode.
+  * @param huart           UART handle.
+  * @param WakeUpSelection Address match, Start Bit detection or RXNE/RXFNE bit status.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *          @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS
+  *          @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_STARTBIT
+  *          @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_READDATA_NONEMPTY
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  /* check the wake-up from stop mode UART instance */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+  /* check the wake-up selection parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUP_SELECTION(WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Set the wake-up selection scheme */
+  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_WUS, WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent);
+
+  if (WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent == UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS)
+  {
+    UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(huart, WakeUpSelection);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Init tickstart for timeout management */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait until REACK flag is set */
+  if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, USART_ISR_REACK, RESET, tickstart, HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Initialize the UART State */
+    huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable UART Stop Mode.
+  * @note The UART is able to wake up the MCU from Stop 1 mode as long as UART clock is HSI or LSE.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  /* Set UESM bit */
+  ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UESM);
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable UART Stop Mode.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  /* Clear UESM bit */
+  ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UESM);
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode till either the expected number of data
+  *        is received or an IDLE event occurs.
+  * @note  HAL_OK is returned if reception is completed (expected number of data has been received)
+  *        or if reception is stopped after IDLE event (less than the expected number of data has been received)
+  *        In this case, RxLen output parameter indicates number of data available in reception buffer.
+  * @note  When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+  *        the received data is handled as a set of uint16_t. In this case, Size must indicate the number
+  *        of uint16_t available through pData.
+  * @param huart   UART handle.
+  * @param pData   Pointer to data buffer (uint8_t or uint16_t data elements).
+  * @param Size    Amount of data elements (uint8_t or uint16_t) to be received.
+  * @param RxLen   Number of data elements finally received
+  *                (could be lower than Size, in case reception ends on IDLE event)
+  * @param Timeout Timeout duration expressed in ms (covers the whole reception sequence).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint16_t *RxLen,
+                                           uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint8_t  *pdata8bits;
+  uint16_t *pdata16bits;
+  uint16_t uhMask;
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */
+  if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+    huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+    huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE;
+
+    /* Init tickstart for timeout management */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    huart->RxXferSize  = Size;
+    huart->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+    /* Computation of UART mask to apply to RDR register */
+    UART_MASK_COMPUTATION(huart);
+    uhMask = huart->Mask;
+
+    /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pRxData needs to be handled as a uint16_t pointer */
+    if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
+    {
+      pdata8bits  = NULL;
+      pdata16bits = (uint16_t *) pData;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      pdata8bits  = pData;
+      pdata16bits = NULL;
+    }
+
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+    /* Initialize output number of received elements */
+    *RxLen = 0U;
+
+    /* as long as data have to be received */
+    while (huart->RxXferCount > 0U)
+    {
+      /* Check if IDLE flag is set */
+      if (__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_IDLE))
+      {
+        /* Clear IDLE flag in ISR */
+        __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_IDLEF);
+
+        /* If Set, but no data ever received, clear flag without exiting loop */
+        /* If Set, and data has already been received, this means Idle Event is valid : End reception */
+        if (*RxLen > 0U)
+        {
+          huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+          return HAL_OK;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Check if RXNE flag is set */
+      if (__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE))
+      {
+        if (pdata8bits == NULL)
+        {
+          *pdata16bits = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & uhMask);
+          pdata16bits++;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          *pdata8bits = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)uhMask);
+          pdata8bits++;
+        }
+        /* Increment number of received elements */
+        *RxLen += 1U;
+        huart->RxXferCount--;
+      }
+
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+        {
+          huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Set number of received elements in output parameter : RxLen */
+    *RxLen = huart->RxXferSize - huart->RxXferCount;
+    /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+    huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode till either the expected number of data
+  *        is received or an IDLE event occurs.
+  * @note  Reception is initiated by this function call. Further progress of reception is achieved thanks
+  *        to UART interrupts raised by RXNE and IDLE events. Callback is called at end of reception indicating
+  *        number of received data elements.
+  * @note  When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+  *        the received data is handled as a set of uint16_t. In this case, Size must indicate the number
+  *        of uint16_t available through pData.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (uint8_t or uint16_t data elements).
+  * @param Size  Amount of data elements (uint8_t or uint16_t) to be received.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+
+  /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */
+  if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+    /* Set Reception type to reception till IDLE Event*/
+    huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE;
+
+    status =  UART_Start_Receive_IT(huart, pData, Size);
+
+    /* Check Rx process has been successfully started */
+    if (status == HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE)
+      {
+        __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_IDLEF);
+        ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* In case of errors already pending when reception is started,
+           Interrupts may have already been raised and lead to reception abortion.
+           (Overrun error for instance).
+           In such case Reception Type has been reset to HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD. */
+        status = HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return status;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Receive an amount of data in DMA mode till either the expected number
+  *        of data is received or an IDLE event occurs.
+  * @note  Reception is initiated by this function call. Further progress of reception is achieved thanks
+  *        to DMA services, transferring automatically received data elements in user reception buffer and
+  *        calling registered callbacks at half/end of reception. UART IDLE events are also used to consider
+  *        reception phase as ended. In all cases, callback execution will indicate number of received data elements.
+  * @note  When the UART parity is enabled (PCE = 1), the received data contain
+  *        the parity bit (MSB position).
+  * @note  When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+  *        the received data is handled as a set of uint16_t. In this case, Size must indicate the number
+  *        of uint16_t available through pData.
+  * @param huart UART handle.
+  * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (uint8_t or uint16_t data elements).
+  * @param Size  Amount of data elements (uint8_t or uint16_t) to be received.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+
+  /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */
+  if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+    /* Set Reception type to reception till IDLE Event*/
+    huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE;
+
+    status =  UART_Start_Receive_DMA(huart, pData, Size);
+
+    /* Check Rx process has been successfully started */
+    if (status == HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE)
+      {
+        __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_IDLEF);
+        ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* In case of errors already pending when reception is started,
+           Interrupts may have already been raised and lead to reception abortion.
+           (Overrun error for instance).
+           In such case Reception Type has been reset to HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD. */
+        status = HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return status;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup UARTEx_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Initialize the UART wake-up from stop mode parameters when triggered by address detection.
+  * @param huart           UART handle.
+  * @param WakeUpSelection UART wake up from stop mode parameters.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection)
+{
+  assert_param(IS_UART_ADDRESSLENGTH_DETECT(WakeUpSelection.AddressLength));
+
+  /* Set the USART address length */
+  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADDM7, WakeUpSelection.AddressLength);
+
+  /* Set the USART address node */
+  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADD, ((uint32_t)WakeUpSelection.Address << UART_CR2_ADDRESS_LSB_POS));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_usart_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_hal_usart_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Extended USART HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following extended
+  *          functionalities of the Universal Synchronous Receiver Transmitter Peripheral (USART).
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+               ##### USART peripheral extended features  #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+    (#) FIFO mode enabling/disabling and RX/TX FIFO threshold programming.
+
+        -@- When USART operates in FIFO mode, FIFO mode must be enabled prior
+            starting RX/TX transfers. Also RX/TX FIFO thresholds must be
+            configured prior starting RX/TX transfers.
+
+    (#) Slave mode enabling/disabling and NSS pin configuration.
+
+        -@- When USART operates in Slave mode, Slave mode must be enabled prior
+            starting RX/TX transfers.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup USARTEx USARTEx
+  * @brief USART Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup USARTEx_Exported_Functions  USARTEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup USARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 IO operation functions
+  * @brief Extended USART Transmit/Receive functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    This subsection provides a set of FIFO mode related callback functions.
+
+    (#) TX/RX Fifos Callbacks:
+        (+) HAL_USARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback()
+        (+) HAL_USARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup USARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+  * @brief    Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..] This section provides the following functions:
+     (+) HAL_USARTEx_EnableSPISlaveMode() API enables the SPI slave mode
+     (+) HAL_USARTEx_DisableSPISlaveMode() API disables the SPI slave mode
+     (+) HAL_USARTEx_ConfigNSS API configures the Slave Select input pin (NSS)
+     (+) HAL_USARTEx_EnableFifoMode() API enables the FIFO mode
+     (+) HAL_USARTEx_DisableFifoMode() API disables the FIFO mode
+     (+) HAL_USARTEx_SetTxFifoThreshold() API sets the TX FIFO threshold
+     (+) HAL_USARTEx_SetRxFifoThreshold() API sets the RX FIFO threshold
+
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup USARTEx_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_hal_wwdg.c

@@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_hal_wwdg.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   WWDG HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Window Watchdog (WWDG) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### WWDG Specific features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    Once enabled the WWDG generates a system reset on expiry of a programmed
+    time period, unless the program refreshes the counter (T[6;0] downcounter)
+    before reaching 0x3F value (i.e. a reset is generated when the counter
+    value rolls down from 0x40 to 0x3F).
+
+    (+) An MCU reset is also generated if the counter value is refreshed
+        before the counter has reached the refresh window value. This
+        implies that the counter must be refreshed in a limited window.
+    (+) Once enabled the WWDG cannot be disabled except by a system reset.
+    (+) If required by application, an Early Wakeup Interrupt can be triggered
+        in order to be warned before WWDG expiration. The Early Wakeup Interrupt
+        (EWI) can be used if specific safety operations or data logging must
+        be performed before the actual reset is generated. When the downcounter
+        reaches 0x40, interrupt occurs. This mechanism requires WWDG interrupt
+        line to be enabled in NVIC. Once enabled, EWI interrupt cannot be
+        disabled except by a system reset.
+    (+) WWDGRST flag in RCC CSR register can be used to inform when a WWDG
+        reset occurs.
+    (+) The WWDG counter input clock is derived from the APB clock divided
+        by a programmable prescaler.
+    (+) WWDG clock (Hz) = PCLK1 / (4096 * Prescaler)
+    (+) WWDG timeout (mS) = 1000 * (T[5;0] + 1) / WWDG clock (Hz)
+        where T[5;0] are the lowest 6 bits of Counter.
+    (+) WWDG Counter refresh is allowed between the following limits :
+        (++) min time (mS) = 1000 * (Counter - Window) / WWDG clock
+        (++) max time (mS) = 1000 * (Counter - 0x40) / WWDG clock
+    (+) Typical values:
+        (++) Counter min (T[5;0] = 0x00) at 36MHz (PCLK1) with zero prescaler:
+             max timeout before reset: approximately 113.78<EFBFBD>s
+        (++) Counter max (T[5;0] = 0x3F) at 36MHz (PCLK1) with prescaler
+             dividing by 8:
+             max timeout before reset: approximately 58.25ms
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+    *** Common driver usage ***
+    ===========================
+
+  [..]
+    (+) Enable WWDG APB1 clock using __HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_ENABLE().
+    (+) Configure the WWDG prescaler, refresh window value, counter value and early
+        interrupt status using HAL_WWDG_Init() function. This will automatically
+        enable WWDG and start its downcounter. Time reference can be taken from 
+        function exit. Care must be taken to provide a counter value
+        greater than 0x40 to prevent generation of immediate reset.
+    (+) If the Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) feature is enabled, an interrupt is
+        generated when the counter reaches 0x40. When HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler is
+        triggered by the interrupt service routine, flag will be automatically
+        cleared and HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback user callback will be executed. User
+        can add his own code by customization of callback HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback.
+    (+) Then the application program must refresh the WWDG counter at regular
+        intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
+        HAL_WWDG_Refresh() function. This operation must occur only when
+        the counter is lower than the refresh window value already programmed.
+
+    *** Callback registration ***
+    =============================
+
+  [..]
+    The compilation define USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows
+    the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks. Use Functions
+    HAL_WWDG_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback.
+
+    (+) Function HAL_WWDG_RegisterCallback() allows to register following
+        callbacks:
+        (++) EwiCallback : callback for Early WakeUp Interrupt.
+        (++) MspInitCallback : WWDG MspInit.
+    This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+    and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+    (+) Use function HAL_WWDG_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to
+    the default weak (surcharged) function. HAL_WWDG_UnRegisterCallback()
+    takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle and the Callback ID.
+    This function allows to reset following callbacks:
+        (++) EwiCallback : callback for  Early WakeUp Interrupt.
+        (++) MspInitCallback : WWDG MspInit.
+
+    [..]
+    When calling HAL_WWDG_Init function, callbacks are reset to the
+    corresponding legacy weak (surcharged) functions:
+    HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback() and HAL_WWDG_MspInit() only if they have
+    not been registered before.
+
+    [..]
+    When compilation define USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+    not defined, the callback registering feature is not available
+    and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
+
+    *** WWDG HAL driver macros list ***
+    ===================================
+    [..]
+      Below the list of available macros in WWDG HAL driver.
+      (+) __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE: Enable the WWDG peripheral
+      (+) __HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG: Get the selected WWDG's flag status
+      (+) __HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the WWDG's pending flags
+      (+) __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE_IT: Enable the WWDG early wakeup interrupt
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
+/** @defgroup WWDG WWDG
+  * @brief WWDG HAL module driver.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions WWDG Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions.
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+          ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize and start the WWDG according to the specified parameters
+          in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
+      (+) Initialize the WWDG MSP.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the WWDG according to the specified.
+  *         parameters in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of  associated handle.
+  * @param  hwwdg  pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Init(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+  /* Check the WWDG handle allocation */
+  if (hwwdg == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hwwdg->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(hwwdg->Init.Prescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW(hwwdg->Init.Window));
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(hwwdg->Init.Counter));
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_EWI_MODE(hwwdg->Init.EWIMode));
+
+#if (USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+  /* Reset Callback pointers */
+  if (hwwdg->EwiCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    hwwdg->EwiCallback = HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback;
+  }
+
+  if (hwwdg->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    hwwdg->MspInitCallback = HAL_WWDG_MspInit;
+  }
+
+  /* Init the low level hardware */
+  hwwdg->MspInitCallback(hwwdg);
+#else
+  /* Init the low level hardware */
+  HAL_WWDG_MspInit(hwwdg);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+  /* Set WWDG Counter */
+  WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (WWDG_CR_WDGA | hwwdg->Init.Counter));
+
+  /* Set WWDG Prescaler and Window */
+  WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CFR, (hwwdg->Init.EWIMode | hwwdg->Init.Prescaler | hwwdg->Init.Window));
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the WWDG MSP.
+  * @param  hwwdg  pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @note   When rewriting this function in user file, mechanism may be added
+  *         to avoid multiple initialize when HAL_WWDG_Init function is called
+  *         again to change parameters.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_WWDG_MspInit(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hwwdg);
+
+  /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_WWDG_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+
+#if (USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+  * @brief  Register a User WWDG Callback
+  *         To be used instead of the weak (surcharged) predefined callback
+  * @param  hwwdg WWDG handle
+  * @param  CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID Early WakeUp Interrupt Callback ID
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
+  * @param  pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+  * @retval status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_RegisterCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg, HAL_WWDG_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
+                                            pWWDG_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  if (pCallback == NULL)
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+      case HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID:
+        hwwdg->EwiCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      case HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID:
+        hwwdg->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        status = HAL_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unregister a WWDG Callback
+  *         WWDG Callback is redirected to the weak (surcharged) predefined callback
+  * @param  hwwdg WWDG handle
+  * @param  CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID Early WakeUp Interrupt Callback ID
+  *           @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
+  * @retval status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_UnRegisterCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg, HAL_WWDG_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  switch (CallbackID)
+  {
+    case HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID:
+      hwwdg->EwiCallback = HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback;
+      break;
+
+    case HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID:
+      hwwdg->MspInitCallback = HAL_WWDG_MspInit;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+  *  @brief    IO operation functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Refresh the WWDG.
+    (+) Handle WWDG interrupt request and associated function callback.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Refresh the WWDG.
+  * @param  hwwdg  pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Refresh(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+  /* Write to WWDG CR the WWDG Counter value to refresh with */
+  WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (hwwdg->Init.Counter));
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle WWDG interrupt request.
+  * @note   The Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) can be used if specific safety operations
+  *         or data logging must be performed before the actual reset is generated.
+  *         The EWI interrupt is enabled by calling HAL_WWDG_Init function with
+  *         EWIMode set to WWDG_EWI_ENABLE.
+  *         When the downcounter reaches the value 0x40, and EWI interrupt is
+  *         generated and the corresponding Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) can
+  *         be used to trigger specific actions (such as communications or data
+  *         logging), before resetting the device.
+  * @param  hwwdg  pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+  /* Check if Early Wakeup Interrupt is enable */
+  if (__HAL_WWDG_GET_IT_SOURCE(hwwdg, WWDG_IT_EWI) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Check if WWDG Early Wakeup Interrupt occurred */
+    if (__HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Clear the WWDG Early Wakeup flag */
+      __HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+      /* Early Wakeup registered callback */
+      hwwdg->EwiCallback(hwwdg);
+#else
+      /* Early Wakeup callback */
+      HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(hwwdg);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  WWDG Early Wakeup callback.
+  * @param  hwwdg  pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(hwwdg);
+
+  /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_ll_crc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_ll_crc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   CRC LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_ll_crc.h"
+#include "stm32f3xx_ll_bus.h"
+
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (CRC)
+
+/** @addtogroup CRC_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup CRC_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup CRC_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize CRC registers (Registers restored to their default values).
+  * @param  CRCx CRC Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: CRC registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: CRC registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_TypeDef *CRCx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(CRCx));
+
+  if (CRCx == CRC)
+  {
+    /* Set programmable polynomial size in CR register to reset value (32 bits)*/
+    LL_CRC_SetPolynomialSize(CRCx, LL_CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B);
+
+    /* Set programmable polynomial in POL register to reset value */
+    LL_CRC_SetPolynomialCoef(CRCx, LL_CRC_DEFAULT_CRC32_POLY);
+
+    /* Set INIT register to reset value */
+    LL_CRC_SetInitialData(CRCx, LL_CRC_DEFAULT_CRC_INITVALUE);
+
+    /* Set Reversibility options on I/O data values in CR register to reset value */
+    LL_CRC_SetInputDataReverseMode(CRCx, LL_CRC_INDATA_REVERSE_NONE);
+    LL_CRC_SetOutputDataReverseMode(CRCx, LL_CRC_OUTDATA_REVERSE_NONE);
+
+    /* Reset the CRC calculation unit */
+    LL_CRC_ResetCRCCalculationUnit(CRCx);
+
+    /* Reset IDR register */
+    LL_CRC_Write_IDR(CRCx, 0x00U);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* defined (CRC) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_ll_dac.c

@@ -0,0 +1,337 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_ll_dac.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   DAC LL module driver
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_ll_dac.h"
+#include "stm32f3xx_ll_bus.h"
+
+#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
+  #include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+  #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (DAC1) || defined (DAC2)
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC_LL DAC
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(DAC_CHANNEL2_SUPPORT)
+#define IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(__DACX__, __DAC_CHANNEL__)                           \
+  (                                                                            \
+      ((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1)                                  \
+   || ((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_2)                                  \
+  )
+#else
+#define IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(__DACX__, __DAC_CHANNEL__)                           \
+  (                                                                            \
+   ((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1)                                     \
+  )
+#endif /* DAC_CHANNEL2_SUPPORT */
+
+#if defined(STM32F303xE) || defined(STM32F398xx) || defined(STM32F303xC) || defined(STM32F358xx)
+#define IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(__TRIGGER_SOURCE__)                           \
+  (   ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE)                           \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM15_TRGO)                     \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM6_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM7_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE9)                     \
+  )
+
+#elif defined(STM32F303x8) || defined(STM32F328xx) 
+#define IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(__TRIGGER_SOURCE__)                           \
+  (   ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE)                           \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM15_TRGO)                     \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM6_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM7_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE9)                     \
+  )
+
+#elif defined(STM32F302xE) || defined(STM32F302xC) || defined(STM32F302x8)
+#define IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(__TRIGGER_SOURCE__)                           \
+  (   ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE)                           \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM15_TRGO)                     \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM6_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE9)                     \
+  )
+
+#elif defined(STM32F301x8) || defined(STM32F318xx)
+#define IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(__TRIGGER_SOURCE__)                           \
+  (   ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE)                           \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM6_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM15_TRGO)                     \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE9)                     \
+  )
+
+#elif defined(STM32F373xC) || defined(STM32F378xx)
+#define IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(__TRIGGER_SOURCE__)                           \
+  (   ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE)                           \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM5_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM6_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM7_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE9)                     \
+  )
+
+#elif defined(STM32F334x8)
+#define IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(__TRIGGER_SOURCE__)                           \
+  (   ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE)                           \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM6_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM7_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM15_TRGO)                     \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO)                      \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIGGER_HRTIM1_DACTRG2)                  \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIGGER_HRTIM1_DACTRG3)                  \
+   || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE9)                     \
+  )
+#endif
+
+#define IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_MODE(__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__)           \
+  (   ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE)     \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NOISE)    \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_TRIANGLE) \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_CONFIG(__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__)      \
+  (   ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BIT0)     \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS1_0)  \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS2_0)  \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS3_0)  \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS4_0)  \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS5_0)  \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS6_0)  \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS7_0)  \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS8_0)  \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS9_0)  \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS10_0) \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS11_0) \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_1)       \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_3)       \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_7)       \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_15)      \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_31)      \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_63)      \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_127)     \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_255)     \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_511)     \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_1023)    \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_2047)    \
+   || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_4095)    \
+  )
+
+#define IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER(__OUTPUT_BUFFER__)                             \
+  (   ((__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_ENABLE)                     \
+   || ((__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_DISABLE)                    \
+  )
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize registers of the selected DAC instance
+  *         to their default reset values.
+  * @param  DACx DAC instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: DAC registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_DAC_DeInit(DAC_TypeDef *DACx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(DACx));
+  
+  if(DACx == DAC1)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of DAC clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC1);
+    
+    /* Release reset of DAC clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC1);
+  }
+#if defined(DAC2)
+  else
+  {
+    /* Force reset of DAC clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC2);
+    
+    /* Release reset of DAC clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC2);
+  }
+#endif
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize some features of DAC instance.
+  * @note   The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_DAC_Init()
+  *         is conditioned to DAC state:
+  *         DAC instance must be disabled.
+  * @param  DACx DAC instance
+  * @param  DAC_Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DAC_CHANNEL_2 (1)
+  *         
+  *         (1) On this STM32 serie, parameter not available on all devices.
+  *             Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
+  * @param  DAC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef structure
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: DAC registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: DAC registers are not initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_DAC_Init(DAC_TypeDef *DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, LL_DAC_InitTypeDef *DAC_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(DACx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(DACx, DAC_Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER(DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_MODE(DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration));
+  if (DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration != LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_CONFIG(DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig));
+  }
+  
+  /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function)        */
+  /*       DAC instance must be disabled.                                     */
+  if(LL_DAC_IsEnabled(DACx, DAC_Channel) == 0U)
+  {
+    /* Configuration of DAC channel:                                          */
+    /*  - TriggerSource                                                       */
+    /*  - WaveAutoGeneration                                                  */
+    /*  - OutputBuffer                                                        */
+    if (DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration != LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE)
+    {
+      MODIFY_REG(DACx->CR,
+                 (  DAC_CR_TSEL1
+                  | DAC_CR_WAVE1
+                  | DAC_CR_MAMP1
+                  | DAC_CR_BOFF1
+                 ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
+                ,
+                 (  DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource
+                  | DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration
+                  | DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig
+                  | DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer
+                 ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
+                );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      MODIFY_REG(DACx->CR,
+                 (  DAC_CR_TSEL1
+                  | DAC_CR_WAVE1
+                  | DAC_CR_BOFF1
+                 ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
+                ,
+                 (  DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource
+                  | LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE
+                  | DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer
+                 ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
+                );
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Initialization error: DAC instance is not disabled.                    */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set each @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param DAC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef structure
+  *                       whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_DAC_StructInit(LL_DAC_InitTypeDef *DAC_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set DAC_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource            = LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE;
+  DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration       = LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE;
+  /* Note: Parameter discarded if wave auto generation is disabled,           */
+  /*       set anyway to its default value.                                   */
+  DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig = LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BIT0;
+  DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer             = LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_ENABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* DAC1 || DAC2 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_ll_dma.c

@@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_ll_dma.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   DMA LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_ll_dma.h"
+#include "stm32f3xx_ll_bus.h"
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (DMA1) || defined (DMA2)
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_LL DMA
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+#define IS_LL_DMA_DIRECTION(__VALUE__)          (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_MODE(__VALUE__)               (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MODE_CIRCULAR))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHINCMODE(__VALUE__)      (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PERIPH_INCREMENT) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYINCMODE(__VALUE__)      (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MEMORY_INCREMENT) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHDATASIZE(__VALUE__)     (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE)      || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD)  || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYDATASIZE(__VALUE__)     (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE)      || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD)  || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_NBDATA(__VALUE__)             ((__VALUE__)  <= 0x0000FFFFU)
+
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_PRIORITY(__VALUE__)           (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW)    || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH)   || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_VERYHIGH))
+
+#if defined (DMA2)
+#if defined (DMA2_Channel6) && defined (DMA2_Channel7)
+#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL)  ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
+                                                         (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))) || \
+                                                         (((INSTANCE) == DMA2) && \
+                                                         (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))))
+#else
+#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL)  ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
+                                                         (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))) || \
+                                                         (((INSTANCE) == DMA2) && \
+                                                         (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
+                                                          ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5))))
+#endif
+#else
+#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL)  ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
+                                                            (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1)|| \
+                                                            ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
+                                                            ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
+                                                            ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
+                                                            ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
+                                                            ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
+                                                            ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))))
+#endif
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the DMA registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  DMAx DMAx Instance
+  * @param  Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: DMA registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: DMA registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+uint32_t LL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_TypeDef *DMAx, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  DMA_Channel_TypeDef *tmp = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *)DMA1_Channel1;
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the DMA Instance DMAx and Channel parameters*/
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel));
+
+    tmp = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *)(__LL_DMA_GET_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel));
+
+    /* Disable the selected DMAx_Channely */
+    CLEAR_BIT(tmp->CCR, DMA_CCR_EN);
+
+    /* Reset DMAx_Channely control register */
+    LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CCR, 0U);
+
+    /* Reset DMAx_Channely remaining bytes register */
+    LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CNDTR, 0U);
+
+    /* Reset DMAx_Channely peripheral address register */
+    LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CPAR, 0U);
+
+    /* Reset DMAx_Channely memory address register */
+    LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CMAR, 0U);
+
+
+    if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1)
+    {
+      /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel1 */
+      LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI1(DMAx);
+    }
+    else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2)
+    {
+      /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel2 */
+      LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI2(DMAx);
+    }
+    else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3)
+    {
+      /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel3 */
+      LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI3(DMAx);
+    }
+    else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4)
+    {
+      /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel4 */
+      LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI4(DMAx);
+    }
+    else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5)
+    {
+      /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel5 */
+      LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI5(DMAx);
+    }
+
+    else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6)
+    {
+      /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel6 */
+      LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI6(DMAx);
+    }
+    else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7)
+    {
+      /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel7 */
+      LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI7(DMAx);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = ERROR;
+    }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the DMA registers according to the specified parameters in DMA_InitStruct.
+  * @note   To convert DMAx_Channely Instance to DMAx Instance and Channely, use helper macros :
+  *         @arg @ref __LL_DMA_GET_INSTANCE
+  *         @arg @ref __LL_DMA_GET_CHANNEL
+  * @param  DMAx DMAx Instance
+  * @param  Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6
+  *         @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7
+  * @param  DMA_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef structure.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: DMA registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: Not applicable
+  */
+uint32_t LL_DMA_Init(DMA_TypeDef *DMAx, uint32_t Channel, LL_DMA_InitTypeDef *DMA_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Check the DMA Instance DMAx and Channel parameters*/
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel));
+
+  /* Check the DMA parameters from DMA_InitStruct */
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_DIRECTION(DMA_InitStruct->Direction));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MODE(DMA_InitStruct->Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHINCMODE(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYINCMODE(DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHDATASIZE(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYDATASIZE(DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_NBDATA(DMA_InitStruct->NbData));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PRIORITY(DMA_InitStruct->Priority));
+
+  /*---------------------------- DMAx CCR Configuration ------------------------
+   * Configure DMAx_Channely: data transfer direction, data transfer mode,
+   *                          peripheral and memory increment mode,
+   *                          data size alignment and  priority level with parameters :
+   * - Direction:      DMA_CCR_DIR and DMA_CCR_MEM2MEM bits
+   * - Mode:           DMA_CCR_CIRC bit
+   * - PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode:  DMA_CCR_PINC bit
+   * - MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode:  DMA_CCR_MINC bit
+   * - PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize: DMA_CCR_PSIZE[1:0] bits
+   * - MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize: DMA_CCR_MSIZE[1:0] bits
+   * - Priority:               DMA_CCR_PL[1:0] bits
+   */
+  LL_DMA_ConfigTransfer(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->Direction              | \
+                        DMA_InitStruct->Mode                   | \
+                        DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode  | \
+                        DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode  | \
+                        DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize | \
+                        DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize | \
+                        DMA_InitStruct->Priority);
+
+  /*-------------------------- DMAx CMAR Configuration -------------------------
+   * Configure the memory or destination base address with parameter :
+   * - MemoryOrM2MDstAddress: DMA_CMAR_MA[31:0] bits
+   */
+  LL_DMA_SetMemoryAddress(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstAddress);
+
+  /*-------------------------- DMAx CPAR Configuration -------------------------
+   * Configure the peripheral or source base address with parameter :
+   * - PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress: DMA_CPAR_PA[31:0] bits
+   */
+  LL_DMA_SetPeriphAddress(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress);
+
+  /*--------------------------- DMAx CNDTR Configuration -----------------------
+   * Configure the peripheral base address with parameter :
+   * - NbData: DMA_CNDTR_NDT[15:0] bits
+   */
+  LL_DMA_SetDataLength(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->NbData);
+
+
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  DMA_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef structure.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_DMA_StructInit(LL_DMA_InitTypeDef *DMA_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set DMA_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress  = 0x00000000U;
+  DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstAddress  = 0x00000000U;
+  DMA_InitStruct->Direction              = LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY;
+  DMA_InitStruct->Mode                   = LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL;
+  DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode  = LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT;
+  DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode  = LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT;
+  DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize = LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE;
+  DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize = LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE;
+  DMA_InitStruct->NbData                 = 0x00000000U;
+  DMA_InitStruct->Priority               = LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* DMA1 || DMA2 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_ll_exti.c

@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_ll_exti.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   EXTI LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_ll_exti.h"
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (EXTI)
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_LL EXTI
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_0_31(__VALUE__)              (((__VALUE__) & ~LL_EXTI_LINE_ALL_0_31) == 0x00000000U)
+#if defined(EXTI_32_63_SUPPORT)
+#define IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_32_63(__VALUE__)             (((__VALUE__) & ~LL_EXTI_LINE_ALL_32_63) == 0x00000000U)
+#endif
+
+#define IS_LL_EXTI_MODE(__VALUE__)                   (((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_IT)            \
+                                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT)         \
+                                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT))
+
+
+#define IS_LL_EXTI_TRIGGER(__VALUE__)                (((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE)       \
+                                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING)     \
+                                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING)    \
+                                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the EXTI registers to their default reset values.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: EXTI registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: not applicable
+  */
+uint32_t LL_EXTI_DeInit(void)
+{
+  /* Interrupt mask register set to default reset values */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR,   0x1F800000U);
+  /* Event mask register set to default reset values */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(EMR,   0x00000000U);
+  /* Rising Trigger selection register set to default reset values */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(RTSR,  0x00000000U);
+  /* Falling Trigger selection register set to default reset values */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(FTSR,  0x00000000U);
+  /* Software interrupt event register set to default reset values */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(SWIER, 0x00000000U);
+  /* Pending register clear */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(PR,    0x007FFFFFU);
+
+#if defined(EXTI_32_63_SUPPORT)
+  /* Interrupt mask register 2 set to default reset values */
+#if defined(STM32F334x8)
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR2,        0xFFFFFFFEU);
+#else
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR2,        0xFFFFFFFCU);
+#endif  
+  /* Event mask register 2 set to default reset values */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(EMR2,        0x00000000U);
+  /* Rising Trigger selection register 2 set to default reset values */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(RTSR2,       0x00000000U);
+  /* Falling Trigger selection register 2 set to default reset values */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(FTSR2,       0x00000000U);
+  /* Software interrupt event register 2 set to default reset values */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(SWIER2,      0x00000000U);
+  /* Pending register 2 clear */
+  LL_EXTI_WriteReg(PR2,         0x00000003U);
+
+#endif
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the EXTI registers according to the specified parameters in EXTI_InitStruct.
+  * @param  EXTI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef structure.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: EXTI registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: not applicable
+  */
+uint32_t LL_EXTI_Init(LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTI_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31));
+#if defined(EXTI_32_63_SUPPORT)
+  assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63));
+#endif
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_MODE(EXTI_InitStruct->Mode));
+
+  /* ENABLE LineCommand */
+  if (EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand != DISABLE)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_TRIGGER(EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger));
+
+    /* Configure EXTI Lines in range from 0 to 31 */
+    if (EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31 != LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE)
+    {
+      switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Mode)
+      {
+        case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT:
+          /* First Disable Event on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+          /* Then Enable IT on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+          break;
+        case LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT:
+          /* First Disable IT on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+          /* Then Enable Event on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+          break;
+        case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT:
+          /* Directly Enable IT & Event on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+          LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+          break;
+        default:
+          status = ERROR;
+          break;
+      }
+      if (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger != LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE)
+      {
+        switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger)
+        {
+          case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING:
+            /* First Disable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
+            LL_EXTI_DisableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+            /* Then Enable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */
+            LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+            break;
+          case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING:
+            /* First Disable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */
+            LL_EXTI_DisableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+            /* Then Enable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
+            LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+            break;
+          case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING:
+            LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+            LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+            break;
+          default:
+            status = ERROR;
+            break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+#if defined(EXTI_32_63_SUPPORT)
+    /* Configure EXTI Lines in range from 32 to 63 */
+    if (EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63 != LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE)
+    {
+      switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Mode)
+      {
+        case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT:
+          /* First Disable Event on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
+          /* Then Enable IT on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_EnableIT_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
+          break;
+        case LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT:
+          /* First Disable IT on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_DisableIT_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
+          /* Then Enable Event on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
+          break;
+        case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT:
+          /* Directly Enable IT & Event on provided Lines */
+          LL_EXTI_EnableIT_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
+          LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
+          break;
+        default:
+          status = ERROR;
+          break;
+      }
+      if (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger != LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE)
+      {
+        switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger)
+        {
+          case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING:
+            /* First Disable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
+            LL_EXTI_DisableFallingTrig_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
+            /* Then Enable IT on provided Lines */
+            LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
+            break;
+          case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING:
+            /* First Disable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */
+            LL_EXTI_DisableRisingTrig_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
+            /* Then Enable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
+            LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
+            break;
+          case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING:
+            LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
+            LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
+            break;
+          default:
+            status = ERROR;
+            break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  /* DISABLE LineCommand */
+  else
+  {
+    /* De-configure EXTI Lines in range from 0 to 31 */
+    LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+    LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+#if defined(EXTI_32_63_SUPPORT)
+    /* De-configure EXTI Lines in range from 32 to 63 */
+    LL_EXTI_DisableIT_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
+    LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
+#endif
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  EXTI_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef structure.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_EXTI_StructInit(LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTI_InitStruct)
+{
+  EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31      = LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE;
+#if defined(EXTI_32_63_SUPPORT)
+  EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63     = LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE;
+#endif
+  EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand    = DISABLE;
+  EXTI_InitStruct->Mode           = LL_EXTI_MODE_IT;
+  EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger        = LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* defined (EXTI) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_ll_gpio.c

@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_ll_gpio.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   GPIO LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_ll_gpio.h"
+#include "stm32f3xx_ll_bus.h"
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (GPIOA) || defined (GPIOB) || defined (GPIOC) || defined (GPIOD) || defined (GPIOE) || defined (GPIOF) || defined (GPIOG) || defined (GPIOH)
+
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rules:
+  * Rule-12.2 - Medium: RHS argument is in interval [0,INF] which is out of
+  * range of the shift operator in following API :
+  * LL_GPIO_Init
+  * LL_GPIO_DeInit
+  * LL_GPIO_SetPinMode
+  * LL_GPIO_GetPinMode
+  * LL_GPIO_SetPinSpeed
+  * LL_GPIO_GetPinSpeed
+  * LL_GPIO_SetPinPull
+  * LL_GPIO_GetPinPull
+  * LL_GPIO_GetAFPin_0_7
+  * LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_0_7
+  * LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_8_15
+  * LL_GPIO_GetAFPin_8_15
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_PIN(__VALUE__)          (((0x00u) < (__VALUE__)) && ((__VALUE__) <= (LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL)))
+
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_MODE(__VALUE__)         (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_INPUT)     ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT)    ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE) ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_ANALOG))
+
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE(__VALUE__)  (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL)  ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_OPENDRAIN))
+
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_SPEED(__VALUE__)        (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW)       ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM)    ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH))
+
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_PULL(__VALUE__)         (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_NO)   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_UP)   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_DOWN))
+
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_ALTERNATE(__VALUE__)    (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_0  )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_1  )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_2  )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_3  )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_4  )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_5  )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_6  )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_7  )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_8  )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_9  )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_10 )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_11 )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_12 )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_13 )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_14 )   ||\
+                                            ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_15 ))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize GPIO registers (Registers restored to their default values).
+  * @param  GPIOx GPIO Port
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: GPIO registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR:   Wrong GPIO Port
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+
+  /* Force and Release reset on clock of GPIOx Port */
+  if (GPIOx == GPIOA)
+  {
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA);
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA);
+  }
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOB)
+  {
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB);
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB);
+  }
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOC)
+  {
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOC);
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOC);
+  }
+#if defined(GPIOD)
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOD)
+  {
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOD);
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOD);
+  }
+#endif /* GPIOD */
+#if defined(GPIOE)
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOE)
+  {
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOE);
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOE);
+  }
+#endif /* GPIOE */
+#if defined(GPIOF)
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOF)
+  {
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOF);
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOF);
+  }
+#endif /* GPIOF */
+#if defined(GPIOG)
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOG)
+  {
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOG);
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOG);
+  }
+#endif /* GPIOG */
+#if defined(GPIOH)
+  else if (GPIOx == GPIOH)
+  {
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOH);
+    LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOH);
+  }
+#endif /* GPIOH */
+  else
+  {
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize GPIO registers according to the specified parameters in GPIO_InitStruct.
+  * @param  GPIOx GPIO Port
+  * @param  GPIO_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
+  *         that contains the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: GPIO registers are initialized according to GPIO_InitStruct content
+  *          - ERROR:   Not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_InitStruct)
+{
+  uint32_t pinpos;
+  uint32_t currentpin;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_InitStruct->Pin));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_InitStruct->Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_InitStruct->Pull));
+
+  /* ------------------------- Configure the port pins ---------------- */
+  /* Initialize  pinpos on first pin set */
+  pinpos = POSITION_VAL(GPIO_InitStruct->Pin);
+
+  /* Configure the port pins */
+  while (((GPIO_InitStruct->Pin) >> pinpos) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    /* Get current io position */
+    currentpin = (GPIO_InitStruct->Pin) & (0x00000001uL << pinpos);
+
+    if (currentpin != 0x00u)
+    {
+      if ((GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT) || (GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE))
+      {
+        /* Check Speed mode parameters */
+        assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_InitStruct->Speed));
+
+        /* Speed mode configuration */
+        LL_GPIO_SetPinSpeed(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Speed);
+
+        /* Check Output mode parameters */
+        assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE(GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType));
+
+        /* Output mode configuration*/
+        LL_GPIO_SetPinOutputType(GPIOx, GPIO_InitStruct->Pin, GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType);
+      }
+
+      /* Pull-up Pull down resistor configuration*/
+      LL_GPIO_SetPinPull(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Pull);
+
+      if (GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE)
+      {
+        /* Check Alternate parameter */
+        assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_ALTERNATE(GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate));
+
+        /* Speed mode configuration */
+        if (POSITION_VAL(currentpin) < 0x00000008U)
+        {
+          LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_0_7(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_8_15(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate);
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Pin Mode configuration */
+      LL_GPIO_SetPinMode(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Mode);
+    }
+    pinpos++;
+  }
+
+  return (SUCCESS);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set each @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param GPIO_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
+  *                          whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+
+void LL_GPIO_StructInit(LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Reset GPIO init structure parameters values */
+  GPIO_InitStruct->Pin        = LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL;
+  GPIO_InitStruct->Mode       = LL_GPIO_MODE_ANALOG;
+  GPIO_InitStruct->Speed      = LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW;
+  GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType = LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL;
+  GPIO_InitStruct->Pull       = LL_GPIO_PULL_NO;
+  GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate  = LL_GPIO_AF_0;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* defined (GPIOA) || defined (GPIOB) || defined (GPIOC) || defined (GPIOD) || defined (GPIOE) || defined (GPIOF) || defined (GPIOG) || defined (GPIOH) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_ll_hrtim.c

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_ll_hrtim.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   HRTIM LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_ll_hrtim.h"
+#include "stm32f3xx_ll_bus.h"
+
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (HRTIM1)
+
+/** @addtogroup HRTIM_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup HRTIM_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Set HRTIM instance registers to their reset values.
+  * @param  HRTIMx High Resolution Timer instance
+  * @retval ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: HRTIMx registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: invalid HRTIMx instance
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_HRTIM_DeInit(HRTIM_TypeDef *HRTIMx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus result = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_HRTIM_ALL_INSTANCE(HRTIMx));
+  LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_HRTIM1);
+  LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_HRTIM1);
+  return result;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HRTIM1 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_ll_i2c.c

@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_ll_i2c.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   I2C LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_ll_i2c.h"
+#include "stm32f3xx_ll_bus.h"
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (I2C1) || defined (I2C2) || defined (I2C3)
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_LL I2C
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_LL_I2C_PERIPHERAL_MODE(__VALUE__)    (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_I2C)          || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_HOST)   || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE_ARP))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(__VALUE__)      (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_DISABLE))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(__VALUE__)     ((__VALUE__) <= 0x0000000FU)
+
+#define IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(__VALUE__)       ((__VALUE__) <= 0x000003FFU)
+
+#define IS_LL_I2C_TYPE_ACKNOWLEDGE(__VALUE__)   (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ACK) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_NACK))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRSIZE(__VALUE__)       (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_7BIT) || \
+                                                 ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_10BIT))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the I2C registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  I2Cx I2C Instance.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: I2C registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: I2C registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the I2C Instance I2Cx */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx));
+
+  if (I2Cx == I2C1)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of I2C clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C1);
+
+    /* Release reset of I2C clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C1);
+  }
+#if defined(I2C2)
+  else if (I2Cx == I2C2)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of I2C clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C2);
+
+    /* Release reset of I2C clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C2);
+
+  }
+#endif /* I2C2 */
+#if defined(I2C3)
+  else if (I2Cx == I2C3)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of I2C clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C3);
+
+    /* Release reset of I2C clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C3);
+  }
+#endif /* I2C3 */
+  else
+  {
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the I2C registers according to the specified parameters in I2C_InitStruct.
+  * @param  I2Cx I2C Instance.
+  * @param  I2C_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef structure.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: I2C registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: Not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, LL_I2C_InitTypeDef *I2C_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Check the I2C Instance I2Cx */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx));
+
+  /* Check the I2C parameters from I2C_InitStruct */
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_PERIPHERAL_MODE(I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(I2C_InitStruct->AnalogFilter));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(I2C_InitStruct->DigitalFilter));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_TYPE_ACKNOWLEDGE(I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRSIZE(I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize));
+
+  /* Disable the selected I2Cx Peripheral */
+  LL_I2C_Disable(I2Cx);
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ------------------------
+   * Configure the analog and digital noise filters with parameters :
+   * - AnalogFilter: I2C_CR1_ANFOFF bit
+   * - DigitalFilter: I2C_CR1_DNF[3:0] bits
+   */
+  LL_I2C_ConfigFilters(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->AnalogFilter, I2C_InitStruct->DigitalFilter);
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx TIMINGR Configuration --------------------
+   * Configure the SDA setup, hold time and the SCL high, low period with parameter :
+   * - Timing: I2C_TIMINGR_PRESC[3:0], I2C_TIMINGR_SCLDEL[3:0], I2C_TIMINGR_SDADEL[3:0],
+   *           I2C_TIMINGR_SCLH[7:0] and I2C_TIMINGR_SCLL[7:0] bits
+   */
+  LL_I2C_SetTiming(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->Timing);
+
+  /* Enable the selected I2Cx Peripheral */
+  LL_I2C_Enable(I2Cx);
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration -----------------------
+   * Disable, Configure and Enable I2Cx device own address 1 with parameters :
+   * - OwnAddress1:  I2C_OAR1_OA1[9:0] bits
+   * - OwnAddrSize:  I2C_OAR1_OA1MODE bit
+   */
+  LL_I2C_DisableOwnAddress1(I2Cx);
+  LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress1(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1, I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize);
+
+  /* OwnAdress1 == 0 is reserved for General Call address */
+  if (I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1 != 0U)
+  {
+    LL_I2C_EnableOwnAddress1(I2Cx);
+  }
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx MODE Configuration -----------------------
+  * Configure I2Cx peripheral mode with parameter :
+   * - PeripheralMode: I2C_CR1_SMBDEN and I2C_CR1_SMBHEN bits
+   */
+  LL_I2C_SetMode(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode);
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ------------------------
+   * Configure the ACKnowledge or Non ACKnowledge condition
+   * after the address receive match code or next received byte with parameter :
+   * - TypeAcknowledge: I2C_CR2_NACK bit
+   */
+  LL_I2C_AcknowledgeNextData(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge);
+
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  I2C_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef structure.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_I2C_StructInit(LL_I2C_InitTypeDef *I2C_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set I2C_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode  = LL_I2C_MODE_I2C;
+  I2C_InitStruct->Timing          = 0U;
+  I2C_InitStruct->AnalogFilter    = LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE;
+  I2C_InitStruct->DigitalFilter   = 0U;
+  I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1     = 0U;
+  I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge = LL_I2C_NACK;
+  I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize     = LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_7BIT;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* I2C1 || I2C2 || I2C3 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_ll_opamp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_ll_opamp.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   OPAMP LL module driver
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_ll_opamp.h"
+
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+  #include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+  #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (OPAMP1) || defined (OPAMP2) || defined (OPAMP3) || defined (OPAMP4)
+
+/** @addtogroup OPAMP_LL OPAMP
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup OPAMP_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Check of parameters for configuration of OPAMP hierarchical scope:         */
+/* OPAMP instance.                                                            */
+
+#define IS_LL_OPAMP_FUNCTIONAL_MODE(__FUNCTIONAL_MODE__)                       \
+  (   ((__FUNCTIONAL_MODE__) == LL_OPAMP_MODE_STANDALONE)                      \
+   || ((__FUNCTIONAL_MODE__) == LL_OPAMP_MODE_FOLLOWER)                        \
+   || ((__FUNCTIONAL_MODE__) == LL_OPAMP_MODE_PGA)                             \
+  )
+
+/* Note: Comparator non-inverting inputs parameters are the same on all       */
+/*       OPAMP instances.                                                     */
+/*       However, comparator instance kept as macro parameter for             */
+/*       compatibility with other STM32 families.                             */
+#define IS_LL_OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING(__OPAMPX__, __INPUT_NONINVERTING__)     \
+  (   ((__INPUT_NONINVERTING__) == LL_OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERT_IO0)               \
+   || ((__INPUT_NONINVERTING__) == LL_OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERT_IO1)               \
+   || ((__INPUT_NONINVERTING__) == LL_OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERT_IO2)               \
+   || ((__INPUT_NONINVERTING__) == LL_OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERT_IO3)               \
+  )
+
+/* Note: Comparator non-inverting inputs parameters are the same on all       */
+/*       OPAMP instances.                                                     */
+/*       However, comparator instance kept as macro parameter for             */
+/*       compatibility with other STM32 families.                             */
+#define IS_LL_OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING(__OPAMPX__, __INPUT_INVERTING__)           \
+  (   ((__INPUT_INVERTING__) == LL_OPAMP_INPUT_INVERT_IO0)                     \
+   || ((__INPUT_INVERTING__) == LL_OPAMP_INPUT_INVERT_IO1)                     \
+   || ((__INPUT_INVERTING__) == LL_OPAMP_INPUT_INVERT_CONNECT_NO)              \
+  )
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup OPAMP_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup OPAMP_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize registers of the selected OPAMP instance
+  *         to their default reset values.
+  * @note   If comparator is locked, de-initialization by software is
+  *         not possible.
+  *         The only way to unlock the comparator is a device hardware reset.
+  * @param  OPAMPx OPAMP instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: OPAMP registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: OPAMP registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_OPAMP_DeInit(OPAMP_TypeDef* OPAMPx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(OPAMPx));
+
+  /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function):       */
+  /*       OPAMP instance must not be locked.                                 */
+  if (LL_OPAMP_IsLocked(OPAMPx) == 0U)
+  {
+    LL_OPAMP_WriteReg(OPAMPx, CSR, 0x00000000U);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* OPAMP instance is locked: de-initialization by software is              */
+    /* not possible.                                                           */
+    /* The only way to unlock the OPAMP is a device hardware reset.            */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize some features of OPAMP instance.
+  * @note   This function reset bit of calibration mode to ensure
+  *         to be in functional mode, in order to have OPAMP parameters
+  *         (inputs selection, ...) set with the corresponding OPAMP mode
+  *         to be effective.
+  * @param  OPAMPx OPAMP instance
+  * @param  OPAMP_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_OPAMP_InitTypeDef structure
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: OPAMP registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: OPAMP registers are not initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_OPAMP_Init(OPAMP_TypeDef *OPAMPx, LL_OPAMP_InitTypeDef *OPAMP_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(OPAMPx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_OPAMP_FUNCTIONAL_MODE(OPAMP_InitStruct->FunctionalMode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING(OPAMPx, OPAMP_InitStruct->InputNonInverting));
+
+  /* Note: OPAMP inverting input can be used with OPAMP in mode standalone    */
+  /*       or PGA with external capacitors for filtering circuit.             */
+  /*       Otherwise (OPAMP in mode follower), OPAMP inverting input is       */
+  /*       not used (not connected to GPIO pin).                              */
+  if (OPAMP_InitStruct->FunctionalMode != LL_OPAMP_MODE_FOLLOWER)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_LL_OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING(OPAMPx, OPAMP_InitStruct->InputInverting));
+  }
+
+  /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function):       */
+  /*       OPAMP instance must not be locked.                                 */
+  if (LL_OPAMP_IsLocked(OPAMPx) == 0U)
+  {
+    /* Configuration of OPAMP instance :                                      */
+    /*  - Functional mode                                                     */
+    /*  - Input non-inverting                                                 */
+    /*  - Input inverting                                                     */
+    /* Note: Bit OPAMP_CSR_CALON reset to ensure to be in functional mode.    */
+    if (OPAMP_InitStruct->FunctionalMode != LL_OPAMP_MODE_FOLLOWER)
+    {
+      MODIFY_REG(OPAMPx->CSR,
+                   OPAMP_CSR_CALON
+                 | OPAMP_CSR_VMSEL
+                 | OPAMP_CSR_VPSEL
+                ,
+                   OPAMP_InitStruct->FunctionalMode
+                 | OPAMP_InitStruct->InputNonInverting
+                 | OPAMP_InitStruct->InputInverting
+                );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      MODIFY_REG(OPAMPx->CSR,
+                   OPAMP_CSR_CALON
+                 | OPAMP_CSR_VMSEL
+                 | OPAMP_CSR_VPSEL
+                ,
+                   LL_OPAMP_MODE_FOLLOWER
+                 | OPAMP_InitStruct->InputNonInverting
+                );
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Initialization error: OPAMP instance is locked.                        */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set each @ref LL_OPAMP_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param OPAMP_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_OPAMP_InitTypeDef structure
+  *                         whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_OPAMP_StructInit(LL_OPAMP_InitTypeDef *OPAMP_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set OPAMP_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  OPAMP_InitStruct->FunctionalMode    = LL_OPAMP_MODE_FOLLOWER;
+  OPAMP_InitStruct->InputNonInverting = LL_OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERT_IO0;
+  /* Note: Parameter discarded if OPAMP in functional mode follower,          */
+  /*       set anyway to its default value.                                   */
+  OPAMP_InitStruct->InputInverting    = LL_OPAMP_INPUT_INVERT_CONNECT_NO;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* OPAMP1 || OPAMP2 || OPAMP3 || OPAMP4 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_ll_pwr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_ll_pwr.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   PWR LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_ll_pwr.h"
+#include "stm32f3xx_ll_bus.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(PWR)
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_LL PWR
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup PWR_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup PWR_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the PWR registers to their default reset values.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: PWR registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_PWR_DeInit(void)
+{
+  /* Force reset of PWR clock */
+  LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_PWR);
+
+  /* Release reset of PWR clock */
+  LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_PWR);
+
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* defined(PWR) */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_ll_rtc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,865 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_ll_rtc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   RTC LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_ll_rtc.h"
+#include "stm32f3xx_ll_cortex.h"
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(RTC)
+
+/** @addtogroup RTC_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Default values used for prescaler */
+#define RTC_ASYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT     0x0000007FU
+#define RTC_SYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT      0x000000FFU
+
+/* Values used for timeout */
+#define RTC_INITMODE_TIMEOUT         1000U /* 1s when tick set to 1ms */
+#define RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT          1000U /* 1s when tick set to 1ms */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_AMPM))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(__VALUE__)   ((__VALUE__) <= 0x7FU)
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(__VALUE__)    ((__VALUE__) <= 0x7FFFU)
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) \
+                                  || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_AM_OR_24) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_PM))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__HOUR__)            (((__HOUR__) > 0U) && ((__HOUR__) <= 12U))
+#define IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__HOUR__)            ((__HOUR__) <= 23U)
+#define IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__MINUTES__)        ((__MINUTES__) <= 59U)
+#define IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__SECONDS__)        ((__SECONDS__) <= 59U)
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY) \
+                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_TUESDAY) \
+                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_WEDNESDAY) \
+                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_THURSDAY) \
+                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_FRIDAY) \
+                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_SATURDAY) \
+                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_SUNDAY))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__DAY__)    (((__DAY__) >= 1U) && ((__DAY__) <= 31U))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_MONTH(__MONTH__) (((__MONTH__) >= 1U) && ((__MONTH__) <= 12U))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_YEAR(__YEAR__) ((__YEAR__) <= 99U)
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_NONE) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_DATEWEEKDAY) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_HOURS) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_MINUTES) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_SECONDS) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_ALL))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_NONE) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_DATEWEEKDAY) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_HOURS) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_MINUTES) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_SECONDS) \
+                                     || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_ALL))
+
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(__SEL__) (((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) || \
+                                                  ((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_WEEKDAY))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMB_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(__SEL__) (((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) || \
+                                                  ((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_WEEKDAY))
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-Initializes the RTC registers to their default reset values.
+  * @note   This function doesn't reset the RTC Clock source and RTC Backup Data
+  *         registers.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: RTC registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_DeInit(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  /* Set Initialization mode */
+  if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
+  {
+    /* Reset TR, DR and CR registers */
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, TR,       0x00000000U);
+#if defined(RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT)
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, WUTR,     RTC_WUTR_WUT);
+#endif /* RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT */
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, DR, (RTC_DR_WDU_0 | RTC_DR_MU_0 | RTC_DR_DU_0));
+    /* Reset All CR bits except CR[2:0] */
+#if defined(RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT)
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, CR, (LL_RTC_ReadReg(RTCx, CR) & RTC_CR_WUCKSEL));
+#else
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, CR, 0x00000000U);
+#endif /* RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT */
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, PRER, (RTC_PRER_PREDIV_A | RTC_SYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT));
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ALRMAR,   0x00000000U);
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ALRMBR,   0x00000000U);
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, SHIFTR,   0x00000000U);
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, CALR,     0x00000000U);
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ALRMASSR, 0x00000000U);
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ALRMBSSR, 0x00000000U);
+
+    /* Reset ISR register and exit initialization mode */
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ISR,      0x00000000U);
+
+    /* Reset Tamper and alternate functions configuration register */
+    LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, TAFCR, 0x00000000U);
+
+    /* Wait till the RTC RSF flag is set */
+    status = LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the RTC registers according to the specified parameters
+  *         in RTC_InitStruct.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @param  RTC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the RTC peripheral.
+  * @note   The RTC Prescaler register is write protected and can be written in
+  *         initialization mode only.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC registers are initialized
+  *          - ERROR: RTC registers are not initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, LL_RTC_InitTypeDef *RTC_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT(RTC_InitStruct->HourFormat));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->SynchPrescaler));
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  /* Set Initialization mode */
+  if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
+  {
+    /* Set Hour Format */
+    LL_RTC_SetHourFormat(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->HourFormat);
+
+    /* Configure Synchronous and Asynchronous prescaler factor */
+    LL_RTC_SetSynchPrescaler(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->SynchPrescaler);
+    LL_RTC_SetAsynchPrescaler(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler);
+
+    /* Exit Initialization mode */
+    LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
+
+    status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  RTC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_RTC_StructInit(LL_RTC_InitTypeDef *RTC_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set RTC_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  RTC_InitStruct->HourFormat      = LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR;
+  RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler = RTC_ASYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT;
+  RTC_InitStruct->SynchPrescaler  = RTC_SYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the RTC current time.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @param  RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
+  * @param  RTC_TimeStruct pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                        the time configuration information for the RTC.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC Time register is configured
+  *          - ERROR: RTC Time register is not configured
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_TIME_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef *RTC_TimeStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+
+  if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+  {
+    if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours));
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat = 0x00U;
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours));
+    }
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours)));
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat = 0x00U;
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours)));
+    }
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes)));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds)));
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  /* Set Initialization mode */
+  if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
+  {
+    /* Check the input parameters format */
+    if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+    {
+      LL_RTC_TIME_Config(RTCx, RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat, RTC_TimeStruct->Hours,
+                         RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes, RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      LL_RTC_TIME_Config(RTCx, RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours),
+                         __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes),
+                         __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds));
+    }
+
+    /* Exit Initialization mode */
+    LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
+
+    /* If  RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
+    if (LL_RTC_IsShadowRegBypassEnabled(RTCx) == 0U)
+    {
+      status = LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = SUCCESS;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef field to default value (Time = 00h:00min:00sec).
+  * @param  RTC_TimeStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_RTC_TIME_StructInit(LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef *RTC_TimeStruct)
+{
+  /* Time = 00h:00min:00sec */
+  RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat = LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_AM_OR_24;
+  RTC_TimeStruct->Hours      = 0U;
+  RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes    = 0U;
+  RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds    = 0U;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the RTC current date.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @param  RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
+  * @param  RTC_DateStruct pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                         the date configuration information for the RTC.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC Day register is configured
+  *          - ERROR: RTC Day register is not configured
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_DATE_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_DateTypeDef *RTC_DateStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+
+  if ((RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) && ((RTC_DateStruct->Month & 0x10U) == 0x10U))
+  {
+    RTC_DateStruct->Month = (RTC_DateStruct->Month & (uint32_t)~(0x10U)) + 0x0AU;
+  }
+  if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_YEAR(RTC_DateStruct->Year));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MONTH(RTC_DateStruct->Month));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(RTC_DateStruct->Day));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_YEAR(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_DateStruct->Year)));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MONTH(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_DateStruct->Month)));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_DateStruct->Day)));
+  }
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay));
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  /* Set Initialization mode */
+  if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
+  {
+    /* Check the input parameters format */
+    if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+    {
+      LL_RTC_DATE_Config(RTCx, RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay, RTC_DateStruct->Day, RTC_DateStruct->Month, RTC_DateStruct->Year);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      LL_RTC_DATE_Config(RTCx, RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_DateStruct->Day),
+                         __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_DateStruct->Month), __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_DateStruct->Year));
+    }
+
+    /* Exit Initialization mode */
+    LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
+
+    /* If  RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
+    if (LL_RTC_IsShadowRegBypassEnabled(RTCx) == 0U)
+    {
+      status = LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = SUCCESS;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_RTC_DateTypeDef field to default value (date = Monday, January 01 xx00)
+  * @param  RTC_DateStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_DateTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_RTC_DATE_StructInit(LL_RTC_DateTypeDef *RTC_DateStruct)
+{
+  /* Monday, January 01 xx00 */
+  RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay = LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY;
+  RTC_DateStruct->Day     = 1U;
+  RTC_DateStruct->Month   = LL_RTC_MONTH_JANUARY;
+  RTC_DateStruct->Year    = 0U;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the RTC Alarm A.
+  * @note   The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm
+  *         is disabled (Use @ref LL_RTC_ALMA_Disable function).
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @param  RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
+  * @param  RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that
+  *                         contains the alarm configuration parameters.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: ALARMA registers are configured
+  *          - ERROR: ALARMA registers are not configured
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ALMA_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel));
+
+  if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+  {
+    if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
+    }
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
+
+    if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
+    }
+
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes)));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds)));
+
+    if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  /* Select weekday selection */
+  if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
+  {
+    /* Set the date for ALARM */
+    LL_RTC_ALMA_DisableWeekday(RTCx);
+    if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+    {
+      LL_RTC_ALMA_SetDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      LL_RTC_ALMA_SetDay(RTCx, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Set the week day for ALARM */
+    LL_RTC_ALMA_EnableWeekday(RTCx);
+    LL_RTC_ALMA_SetWeekDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay);
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the Alarm register */
+  if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+  {
+    LL_RTC_ALMA_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours,
+                           RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    LL_RTC_ALMA_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat,
+                           __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours),
+                           __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes),
+                           __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
+  }
+  /* Set ALARM mask */
+  LL_RTC_ALMA_SetMask(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask);
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the RTC Alarm B.
+  * @note   The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm
+  *         is disabled (@ref LL_RTC_ALMB_Disable function).
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @param  RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
+  *         @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
+  * @param  RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that
+  *                         contains the alarm configuration parameters.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: ALARMB registers are configured
+  *          - ERROR: ALARMB registers are not configured
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ALMB_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMB_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel));
+
+  if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+  {
+    if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
+    }
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
+
+    if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
+    }
+
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes)));
+    assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds)));
+
+    if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  /* Select weekday selection */
+  if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
+  {
+    /* Set the date for ALARM */
+    LL_RTC_ALMB_DisableWeekday(RTCx);
+    if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+    {
+      LL_RTC_ALMB_SetDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      LL_RTC_ALMB_SetDay(RTCx, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Set the week day for ALARM */
+    LL_RTC_ALMB_EnableWeekday(RTCx);
+    LL_RTC_ALMB_SetWeekDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay);
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the Alarm register */
+  if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+  {
+    LL_RTC_ALMB_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours,
+                           RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    LL_RTC_ALMB_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat,
+                           __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours),
+                           __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes),
+                           __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
+  }
+  /* Set ALARM mask */
+  LL_RTC_ALMB_SetMask(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask);
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef of ALARMA field to default value (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec /
+  *         Day = 1st day of the month/Mask = all fields are masked).
+  * @param  RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_RTC_ALMA_StructInit(LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
+{
+  /* Alarm Time Settings : Time = 00h:00mn:00sec */
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = LL_RTC_ALMA_TIME_FORMAT_AM;
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours      = 0U;
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes    = 0U;
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds    = 0U;
+
+  /* Alarm Day Settings : Day = 1st day of the month */
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel = LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE;
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay    = 1U;
+
+  /* Alarm Masks Settings : Mask =  all fields are not masked */
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask           = LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_NONE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef of ALARMA field to default value (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec /
+  *         Day = 1st day of the month/Mask = all fields are masked).
+  * @param  RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_RTC_ALMB_StructInit(LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
+{
+  /* Alarm Time Settings : Time = 00h:00mn:00sec */
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = LL_RTC_ALMB_TIME_FORMAT_AM;
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours      = 0U;
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes    = 0U;
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds    = 0U;
+
+  /* Alarm Day Settings : Day = 1st day of the month */
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel = LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE;
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay    = 1U;
+
+  /* Alarm Masks Settings : Mask =  all fields are not masked */
+  RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask           = LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_NONE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enters the RTC Initialization mode.
+  * @note   The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the
+  *         @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC is in Init mode
+  *          - ERROR: RTC is not in Init mode
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t timeout = RTC_INITMODE_TIMEOUT;
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  uint32_t tmp = 0U;
+
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+
+  /* Check if the Initialization mode is set */
+  if (LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT(RTCx) == 0U)
+  {
+    /* Set the Initialization mode */
+    LL_RTC_EnableInitMode(RTCx);
+
+    /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */
+    tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT(RTCx);
+    while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 1U))
+    {
+      if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
+      {
+        timeout --;
+      }
+      tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT(RTCx);
+      if (timeout == 0U)
+      {
+        status = ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Exit the RTC Initialization mode.
+  * @note   When the initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts
+  *         counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles.
+  * @note   The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the
+  *         @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC exited from in Init mode
+  *          - ERROR: Not applicable
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+
+  /* Disable initialization mode */
+  LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
+
+  return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Waits until the RTC Time and Day registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) are
+  *         synchronized with RTC APB clock.
+  * @note   The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the
+  *         @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function.
+  * @note   To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar
+  *         initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes
+  *         the software must first clear the RSF flag.
+  *         The software must then wait until it is set again before reading
+  *         the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been
+  *         correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers.
+  * @param  RTCx RTC Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: RTC registers are synchronised
+  *          - ERROR: RTC registers are not synchronised
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t timeout = RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT;
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  uint32_t tmp = 0U;
+
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+
+  /* Clear RSF flag */
+  LL_RTC_ClearFlag_RS(RTCx);
+
+  /* Wait the registers to be synchronised */
+  tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
+  while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 0U))
+  {
+    if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
+    {
+      timeout--;
+    }
+    tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
+    if (timeout == 0U)
+    {
+      status = ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (status != ERROR)
+  {
+    timeout = RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT;
+    tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
+    while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 1U))
+    {
+      if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
+      {
+        timeout--;
+      }
+      tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
+      if (timeout == 0U)
+      {
+        status = ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* defined(RTC) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_ll_spi.c

@@ -0,0 +1,642 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_ll_spi.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   SPI LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_ll_spi.h"
+#include "stm32f3xx_ll_bus.h"
+#include "stm32f3xx_ll_rcc.h"
+
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (SPI1) || defined (SPI2) || defined (SPI3) || defined (SPI4)
+
+/** @addtogroup SPI_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPI_LL_Private_Constants SPI Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/* SPI registers Masks */
+#define SPI_CR1_CLEAR_MASK                 (SPI_CR1_CPHA    | SPI_CR1_CPOL     | SPI_CR1_MSTR   | \
+                                            SPI_CR1_BR      | SPI_CR1_LSBFIRST | SPI_CR1_SSI    | \
+                                            SPI_CR1_SSM     | SPI_CR1_RXONLY   | SPI_CR1_CRCL   | \
+                                            SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT | SPI_CR1_CRCEN    | SPI_CR1_BIDIOE | \
+                                            SPI_CR1_BIDIMODE)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPI_LL_Private_Macros SPI Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+#define IS_LL_SPI_TRANSFER_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_FULL_DUPLEX)       \
+                                                 || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_SIMPLEX_RX)     \
+                                                 || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_HALF_DUPLEX_RX) \
+                                                 || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_HALF_DUPLEX_TX))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MODE_MASTER) \
+                                   || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MODE_SLAVE))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_4BIT)     \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_5BIT)  \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_6BIT)  \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_7BIT)  \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_8BIT)  \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_9BIT)  \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_10BIT) \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_11BIT) \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_12BIT) \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_13BIT) \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_14BIT) \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_15BIT) \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_16BIT))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_POLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_POLARITY_LOW) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_POLARITY_HIGH))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_PHASE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_PHASE_1EDGE) \
+                                    || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_PHASE_2EDGE))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_NSS(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_SOFT)          \
+                                  || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT) \
+                                  || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_OUTPUT))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_BAUDRATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV2)      \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV4)   \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV8)   \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV16)  \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV32)  \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV64)  \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV128) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV256))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_BITORDER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_LSB_FIRST) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MSB_FIRST))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) \
+                                             || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) >= 0x1U)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup SPI_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup SPI_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the SPI registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  SPIx SPI Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: SPI registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: SPI registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_SPI_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
+
+#if defined(SPI1)
+  if (SPIx == SPI1)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of SPI clock */
+    LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI1);
+
+    /* Release reset of SPI clock */
+    LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI1);
+
+    status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+#endif /* SPI1 */
+#if defined(SPI2)
+  if (SPIx == SPI2)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of SPI clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI2);
+
+    /* Release reset of SPI clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI2);
+
+    status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+#endif /* SPI2 */
+#if defined(SPI3)
+  if (SPIx == SPI3)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of SPI clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI3);
+
+    /* Release reset of SPI clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI3);
+
+    status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+#endif /* SPI3 */
+#if defined(SPI4)
+  if (SPIx == SPI4)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of SPI clock */
+    LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI4);
+
+    /* Release reset of SPI clock */
+    LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI4);
+
+    status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+#endif /* SPI4 */
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the SPI registers according to the specified parameters in SPI_InitStruct.
+  * @note   As some bits in SPI configuration registers can only be written when the SPI is disabled (SPI_CR1_SPE bit =0),
+  *         SPI peripheral should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
+  * @param  SPIx SPI Instance
+  * @param  SPI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef structure
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value. (Return always SUCCESS)
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, LL_SPI_InitTypeDef *SPI_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the SPI Instance SPIx*/
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
+
+  /* Check the SPI parameters from SPI_InitStruct*/
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_TRANSFER_DIRECTION(SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH(SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_POLARITY(SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_PHASE(SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_NSS(SPI_InitStruct->NSS));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_BAUDRATE(SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_BITORDER(SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION(SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation));
+
+  if (LL_SPI_IsEnabled(SPIx) == 0x00000000U)
+  {
+    /*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 Configuration ------------------------
+     * Configure SPIx CR1 with parameters:
+     * - TransferDirection:  SPI_CR1_BIDIMODE, SPI_CR1_BIDIOE and SPI_CR1_RXONLY bits
+     * - Master/Slave Mode:  SPI_CR1_MSTR bit
+     * - ClockPolarity:      SPI_CR1_CPOL bit
+     * - ClockPhase:         SPI_CR1_CPHA bit
+     * - NSS management:     SPI_CR1_SSM bit
+     * - BaudRate prescaler: SPI_CR1_BR[2:0] bits
+     * - BitOrder:           SPI_CR1_LSBFIRST bit
+     * - CRCCalculation:     SPI_CR1_CRCEN bit
+     */
+    MODIFY_REG(SPIx->CR1,
+               SPI_CR1_CLEAR_MASK,
+               SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection | SPI_InitStruct->Mode |
+               SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity | SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase |
+               SPI_InitStruct->NSS | SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate |
+               SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder | SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation);
+
+    /*---------------------------- SPIx CR2 Configuration ------------------------
+     * Configure SPIx CR2 with parameters:
+     * - DataWidth:          DS[3:0] bits
+     * - NSS management:     SSOE bit
+     */
+    MODIFY_REG(SPIx->CR2,
+               SPI_CR2_DS | SPI_CR2_SSOE,
+               SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth | (SPI_InitStruct->NSS >> 16U));
+
+    /* Set Rx FIFO to Quarter (1 Byte) in case of 8 Bits mode. No DataPacking by default */
+    if (SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth < LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_9BIT)
+    {
+      LL_SPI_SetRxFIFOThreshold(SPIx, LL_SPI_RX_FIFO_TH_QUARTER);
+    }
+
+    /*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPR Configuration ----------------------
+     * Configure SPIx CRCPR with parameters:
+     * - CRCPoly:            CRCPOLY[15:0] bits
+     */
+    if (SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly));
+      LL_SPI_SetCRCPolynomial(SPIx, SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly);
+    }
+    status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+
+#if defined (SPI_I2S_SUPPORT)
+  /* Activate the SPI mode (Reset I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register) */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SPIx->I2SCFGR, SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD);
+#endif /* SPI_I2S_SUPPORT */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  SPI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef structure
+  * whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_SPI_StructInit(LL_SPI_InitTypeDef *SPI_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set SPI_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection = LL_SPI_FULL_DUPLEX;
+  SPI_InitStruct->Mode              = LL_SPI_MODE_SLAVE;
+  SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth         = LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_8BIT;
+  SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity     = LL_SPI_POLARITY_LOW;
+  SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase        = LL_SPI_PHASE_1EDGE;
+  SPI_InitStruct->NSS               = LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT;
+  SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate          = LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV2;
+  SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder          = LL_SPI_MSB_FIRST;
+  SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation    = LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE;
+  SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly           = 7U;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#if defined(SPI_I2S_SUPPORT)
+/** @addtogroup I2S_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup I2S_LL_Private_Constants I2S Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/* I2S registers Masks */
+#define I2S_I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK             (SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN   | SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | \
+                                            SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL   | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD | \
+                                            SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG  | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD )
+
+#define I2S_I2SPR_CLEAR_MASK               0x0002U
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup I2S_LL_Private_Macros I2S Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT(__VALUE__)  (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B)             \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B_EXTENDED) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)          \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_CPOL(__VALUE__)        (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_POLARITY_LOW)  \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_POLARITY_HIGH))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_STANDARD(__VALUE__)    (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_PHILIPS)      \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_MSB)       \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_LSB)       \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_PCM_SHORT) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_PCM_LONG))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_MODE(__VALUE__)        (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX)     \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX)  \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_ENABLE) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_DISABLE))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(__VALUE__) ((((__VALUE__) >= LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_8K)       \
+                                          && ((__VALUE__) <= LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_192K)) \
+                                         || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_LINEAR(__VALUE__)  ((__VALUE__) >= 0x2U)
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_EVEN) \
+                                               || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_ODD))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup I2S_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup I2S_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize the SPI/I2S registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  SPIx SPI Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: SPI registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: SPI registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx)
+{
+  return LL_SPI_DeInit(SPIx);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the SPI/I2S registers according to the specified parameters in I2S_InitStruct.
+  * @note   As some bits in SPI configuration registers can only be written when the SPI is disabled (SPI_CR1_SPE bit =0),
+  *         SPI peripheral should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
+  * @param  SPIx SPI Instance
+  * @param  I2S_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2S_InitTypeDef structure
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: SPI registers are Initialized
+  *          - ERROR: SPI registers are not Initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, LL_I2S_InitTypeDef *I2S_InitStruct)
+{
+  uint32_t i2sdiv = 2U;
+  uint32_t i2sodd = 0U;
+  uint32_t packetlength = 1U;
+  uint32_t tmp;
+#if !defined (SPI_I2S_FULLDUPLEX_SUPPORT)
+  LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef rcc_clocks;
+#endif /* SPI_I2S_FULLDUPLEX_SUPPORT */
+  uint32_t sourceclock;
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the I2S parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_MODE(I2S_InitStruct->Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_STANDARD(I2S_InitStruct->Standard));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT(I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_CPOL(I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity));
+
+  if (LL_I2S_IsEnabled(SPIx) == 0x00000000U)
+  {
+    /*---------------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR Configuration --------------------
+     * Configure SPIx I2SCFGR with parameters:
+     * - Mode:          SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG[1:0] bit
+     * - Standard:      SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD[1:0] and SPI_I2SCFGR_PCMSYNC bits
+     * - DataFormat:    SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN and SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN bits
+     * - ClockPolarity: SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL bit
+     */
+
+    /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */
+    MODIFY_REG(SPIx->I2SCFGR,
+               I2S_I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK,
+               I2S_InitStruct->Mode | I2S_InitStruct->Standard |
+               I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat | I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity |
+               SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD);
+
+    /*---------------------------- SPIx I2SPR Configuration ----------------------
+     * Configure SPIx I2SPR with parameters:
+     * - MCLKOutput:    SPI_I2SPR_MCKOE bit
+     * - AudioFreq:     SPI_I2SPR_I2SDIV[7:0] and SPI_I2SPR_ODD bits
+     */
+
+    /* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler (i2sodd, i2sdiv)
+     * else, default values are used:  i2sodd = 0U, i2sdiv = 2U.
+     */
+    if (I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq != LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT)
+    {
+      /* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing)
+       * Default value: LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B (packetlength = 1U).
+       */
+      if (I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat != LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B)
+      {
+        /* Packet length is 32 bits */
+        packetlength = 2U;
+      }
+
+#if defined (SPI_I2S_FULLDUPLEX_SUPPORT)
+      /* If an external I2S clock has to be used, the specific define should be set
+      in the project configuration or in the stm32f3xx_ll_rcc.h file */
+      /* Get the I2S source clock value */
+      sourceclock = LL_RCC_GetI2SClockFreq(LL_RCC_I2S_CLKSOURCE);
+#else /* Case for STM32F373xC and STM32F378xx series */
+      /* I2S Clock source is System clock: Get System Clock frequency */
+      LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&rcc_clocks);
+      if (SPIx == SPI1)
+      {
+        sourceclock = rcc_clocks.PCLK2_Frequency;
+      }
+      else  /* SPI2 or SPI3 */
+      {
+        sourceclock = rcc_clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
+      }
+
+#endif /* SPI_I2S_FULLDUPLEX_SUPPORT */
+
+      /* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state with a floating point */
+      if (I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput == LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_ENABLE)
+      {
+        /* MCLK output is enabled */
+        tmp = (((((sourceclock / 256U) * 10U) / I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq)) + 5U);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* MCLK output is disabled */
+        tmp = (((((sourceclock / (32U * packetlength)) * 10U) / I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq)) + 5U);
+      }
+
+      /* Remove the floating point */
+      tmp = tmp / 10U;
+
+      /* Check the parity of the divider */
+      i2sodd = (tmp & (uint16_t)0x0001U);
+
+      /* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */
+      i2sdiv = ((tmp - i2sodd) / 2U);
+
+      /* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */
+      i2sodd = (i2sodd << 8U);
+    }
+
+    /* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 or greater than 0xFF */
+    if ((i2sdiv < 2U) || (i2sdiv > 0xFFU))
+    {
+      /* Set the default values */
+      i2sdiv = 2U;
+      i2sodd = 0U;
+    }
+
+    /* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */
+    WRITE_REG(SPIx->I2SPR, i2sdiv | i2sodd | I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput);
+
+    status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set each @ref LL_I2S_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param  I2S_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2S_InitTypeDef structure
+  *         whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_I2S_StructInit(LL_I2S_InitTypeDef *I2S_InitStruct)
+{
+  /*--------------- Reset I2S init structure parameters values -----------------*/
+  I2S_InitStruct->Mode              = LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX;
+  I2S_InitStruct->Standard          = LL_I2S_STANDARD_PHILIPS;
+  I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat        = LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B;
+  I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput        = LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_DISABLE;
+  I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq         = LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT;
+  I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity     = LL_I2S_POLARITY_LOW;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set linear and parity prescaler.
+  * @note   To calculate value of PrescalerLinear(I2SDIV[7:0] bits) and PrescalerParity(ODD bit)\n
+  *         Check Audio frequency table and formulas inside Reference Manual (SPI/I2S).
+  * @param  SPIx SPI Instance
+  * @param  PrescalerLinear value Min_Data=0x02 and Max_Data=0xFF.
+  * @param  PrescalerParity This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_EVEN
+  *         @arg @ref LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_ODD
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_I2S_ConfigPrescaler(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, uint32_t PrescalerLinear, uint32_t PrescalerParity)
+{
+  /* Check the I2S parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_LINEAR(PrescalerLinear));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY(PrescalerParity));
+
+  /* Write to SPIx I2SPR */
+  MODIFY_REG(SPIx->I2SPR, SPI_I2SPR_I2SDIV | SPI_I2SPR_ODD, PrescalerLinear | (PrescalerParity << 8U));
+}
+
+#if defined (SPI_I2S_FULLDUPLEX_SUPPORT)
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the full duplex mode for the I2Sx peripheral using its extension
+  *         I2Sxext according to the specified parameters in the I2S_InitStruct.
+  * @note   The structure pointed by I2S_InitStruct parameter should be the same
+  *         used for the master I2S peripheral. In this case, if the master is
+  *         configured as transmitter, the slave will be receiver and vice versa.
+  *         Or you can force a different mode by modifying the field I2S_Mode to the
+  *         value I2S_SlaveRx or I2S_SlaveTx independently of the master configuration.
+  * @param  I2Sxext SPI Instance
+  * @param  I2S_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2S_InitTypeDef structure
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: I2Sxext registers are Initialized
+  *          - ERROR: I2Sxext registers are not Initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus  LL_I2S_InitFullDuplex(SPI_TypeDef *I2Sxext, LL_I2S_InitTypeDef *I2S_InitStruct)
+{
+  uint32_t mode = 0U;
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the I2S parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_EXT_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Sxext));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_MODE(I2S_InitStruct->Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_STANDARD(I2S_InitStruct->Standard));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT(I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_CPOL(I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity));
+
+  if (LL_I2S_IsEnabled(I2Sxext) == 0x00000000U)
+  {
+    /*---------------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR Configuration --------------------
+     * Configure SPIx I2SCFGR with parameters:
+     * - Mode:          SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG[1:0] bit
+     * - Standard:      SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD[1:0] and SPI_I2SCFGR_PCMSYNC bits
+     * - DataFormat:    SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN and SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN bits
+     * - ClockPolarity: SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL bit
+     */
+
+    /* Reset I2SPR registers */
+    WRITE_REG(I2Sxext->I2SPR, I2S_I2SPR_CLEAR_MASK);
+
+    /* Get the mode to be configured for the extended I2S */
+    if ((I2S_InitStruct->Mode == LL_I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX) || (I2S_InitStruct->Mode == LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX))
+    {
+      mode = LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if ((I2S_InitStruct->Mode == LL_I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX) || (I2S_InitStruct->Mode == LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX))
+      {
+        mode = LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */
+    MODIFY_REG(I2Sxext->I2SCFGR,
+               I2S_I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK,
+               I2S_InitStruct->Standard |
+               I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat | I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity |
+               SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD | mode);
+
+    status = SUCCESS;
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+#endif /* SPI_I2S_FULLDUPLEX_SUPPORT */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* SPI_I2S_SUPPORT */
+
+#endif /* defined (SPI1) || defined (SPI2) || defined (SPI3) || defined (SPI4) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_ll_usart.c

@@ -0,0 +1,433 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_ll_usart.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   USART LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_ll_usart.h"
+#include "stm32f3xx_ll_rcc.h"
+#include "stm32f3xx_ll_bus.h"
+#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (USART1) || defined (USART2) || defined (USART3) || defined (UART4) || defined (UART5)
+
+/** @addtogroup USART_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup USART_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* __BAUDRATE__ The maximum Baud Rate is derived from the maximum clock available
+ *              divided by the smallest oversampling used on the USART (i.e. 8)    */
+#define IS_LL_USART_BAUDRATE(__BAUDRATE__) ((__BAUDRATE__) <= 9000000U)
+
+/* __VALUE__ In case of oversampling by 16 and 8, BRR content must be greater than or equal to 16d. */
+#define IS_LL_USART_BRR_MIN(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) >= 16U)
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_NONE) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_RX) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX_RX))
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_PARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_NONE) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_EVEN) \
+                                       || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_ODD))
+
+#if defined(USART_7BITS_SUPPORT)
+#define IS_LL_USART_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_7B) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_8B) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_9B))
+#else
+#define IS_LL_USART_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_8B) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_9B))
+#endif /* USART_7BITS_SUPPORT */
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_16) \
+                                             || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_8))
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_LASTBITCLKOUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_NO_OUTPUT) \
+                                                 || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_OUTPUT))
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPHASE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PHASE_1EDGE) \
+                                           || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PHASE_2EDGE))
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPOLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_POLARITY_LOW) \
+                                              || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_POLARITY_HIGH))
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKOUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE) \
+                                            || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_CLOCK_ENABLE))
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_STOPBITS(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_0_5) \
+                                         || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_1) \
+                                         || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_1_5) \
+                                         || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_2))
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_HWCONTROL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_NONE) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_CTS) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS_CTS))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup USART_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup USART_LL_EF_Init
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initialize USART registers (Registers restored to their default values).
+  * @param  USARTx USART Instance
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: USART registers are de-initialized
+  *          - ERROR: USART registers are not de-initialized
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef *USARTx)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
+
+  if (USARTx == USART1)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of USART clock */
+    LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_USART1);
+
+    /* Release reset of USART clock */
+    LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_USART1);
+  }
+  else if (USARTx == USART2)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of USART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART2);
+
+    /* Release reset of USART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART2);
+  }
+  else if (USARTx == USART3)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of USART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART3);
+
+    /* Release reset of USART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART3);
+  }
+#if defined(UART4)
+  else if (USARTx == UART4)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of UART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UART4);
+
+    /* Release reset of UART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UART4);
+  }
+#endif /* UART4 */
+#if defined(UART5)
+  else if (USARTx == UART5)
+  {
+    /* Force reset of UART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UART5);
+
+    /* Release reset of UART clock */
+    LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UART5);
+  }
+#endif /* UART5 */
+  else
+  {
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize USART registers according to the specified
+  *         parameters in USART_InitStruct.
+  * @note   As some bits in USART configuration registers can only be written when
+  *         the USART is disabled (USART_CR1_UE bit =0), USART Peripheral should be in disabled state prior calling
+  *         this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
+  * @note   Baud rate value stored in USART_InitStruct BaudRate field, should be valid (different from 0).
+  * @param  USARTx USART Instance
+  * @param  USART_InitStruct pointer to a LL_USART_InitTypeDef structure
+  *         that contains the configuration information for the specified USART peripheral.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: USART registers are initialized according to USART_InitStruct content
+  *          - ERROR: Problem occurred during USART Registers initialization
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_USART_Init(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, LL_USART_InitTypeDef *USART_InitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+  uint32_t periphclk = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO;
+#if (!defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW)||!defined (RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW))
+  LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_Clocks;
+#endif
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_USART_BAUDRATE(USART_InitStruct->BaudRate));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_USART_DATAWIDTH(USART_InitStruct->DataWidth));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_USART_STOPBITS(USART_InitStruct->StopBits));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_USART_PARITY(USART_InitStruct->Parity));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_USART_DIRECTION(USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_USART_HWCONTROL(USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING(USART_InitStruct->OverSampling));
+
+  /* USART needs to be in disabled state, in order to be able to configure some bits in
+     CRx registers */
+  if (LL_USART_IsEnabled(USARTx) == 0U)
+  {
+    /*---------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration ---------------------
+     * Configure USARTx CR1 (USART Word Length, Parity, Mode and Oversampling bits) with parameters:
+     * - DataWidth:          USART_CR1_M bits according to USART_InitStruct->DataWidth value
+     * - Parity:             USART_CR1_PCE, USART_CR1_PS bits according to USART_InitStruct->Parity value
+     * - TransferDirection:  USART_CR1_TE, USART_CR1_RE bits according to USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection value
+     * - Oversampling:       USART_CR1_OVER8 bit according to USART_InitStruct->OverSampling value.
+     */
+    MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR1,
+               (USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS |
+                USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8),
+               (USART_InitStruct->DataWidth | USART_InitStruct->Parity |
+                USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection | USART_InitStruct->OverSampling));
+
+    /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration ---------------------
+     * Configure USARTx CR2 (Stop bits) with parameters:
+     * - Stop Bits:          USART_CR2_STOP bits according to USART_InitStruct->StopBits value.
+     * - CLKEN, CPOL, CPHA and LBCL bits are to be configured using LL_USART_ClockInit().
+     */
+    LL_USART_SetStopBitsLength(USARTx, USART_InitStruct->StopBits);
+
+    /*---------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration ---------------------
+     * Configure USARTx CR3 (Hardware Flow Control) with parameters:
+     * - HardwareFlowControl: USART_CR3_RTSE, USART_CR3_CTSE bits according to
+     *   USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl value.
+     */
+    LL_USART_SetHWFlowCtrl(USARTx, USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl);
+
+    /*---------------------------- USART BRR Configuration ---------------------
+     * Retrieve Clock frequency used for USART Peripheral
+     */
+    if (USARTx == USART1)
+    {
+      periphclk = LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE);
+    }
+    else if (USARTx == USART2)
+    {
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW)
+      periphclk = LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE);
+#else
+      /* USART2 clock is PCLK */
+      LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks);
+      periphclk = RCC_Clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
+#endif
+    }
+    else if (USARTx == USART3)
+    {
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW)
+      periphclk = LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE);
+#else
+      /* USART3 clock is PCLK */
+      LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks);
+      periphclk = RCC_Clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
+#endif
+    }
+#if defined(UART4)
+    else if (USARTx == UART4)
+    {
+      periphclk = LL_RCC_GetUARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_UART4_CLKSOURCE);
+    }
+#endif /* UART4 */
+#if defined(UART5)
+    else if (USARTx == UART5)
+    {
+      periphclk = LL_RCC_GetUARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_UART5_CLKSOURCE);
+    }
+#endif /* UART5 */
+    else
+    {
+      /* Nothing to do, as error code is already assigned to ERROR value */
+    }
+
+    /* Configure the USART Baud Rate :
+       - valid baud rate value (different from 0) is required
+       - Peripheral clock as returned by RCC service, should be valid (different from 0).
+    */
+    if ((periphclk != LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO)
+        && (USART_InitStruct->BaudRate != 0U))
+    {
+      status = SUCCESS;
+      LL_USART_SetBaudRate(USARTx,
+                           periphclk,
+                           USART_InitStruct->OverSampling,
+                           USART_InitStruct->BaudRate);
+
+      /* Check BRR is greater than or equal to 16d */
+      assert_param(IS_LL_USART_BRR_MIN(USARTx->BRR));
+    }
+  }
+  /* Endif (=> USART not in Disabled state => return ERROR) */
+
+  return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set each @ref LL_USART_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+  * @param USART_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_USART_InitTypeDef structure
+  *                         whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+
+void LL_USART_StructInit(LL_USART_InitTypeDef *USART_InitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set USART_InitStruct fields to default values */
+  USART_InitStruct->BaudRate            = 9600U;
+  USART_InitStruct->DataWidth           = LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_8B;
+  USART_InitStruct->StopBits            = LL_USART_STOPBITS_1;
+  USART_InitStruct->Parity              = LL_USART_PARITY_NONE ;
+  USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection   = LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX_RX;
+  USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl = LL_USART_HWCONTROL_NONE;
+  USART_InitStruct->OverSampling        = LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_16;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize USART Clock related settings according to the
+  *         specified parameters in the USART_ClockInitStruct.
+  * @note   As some bits in USART configuration registers can only be written when
+  *         the USART is disabled (USART_CR1_UE bit =0), USART Peripheral should be in disabled state prior calling
+  *         this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
+  * @param  USARTx USART Instance
+  * @param  USART_ClockInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef structure
+  *         that contains the Clock configuration information for the specified USART peripheral.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: USART registers related to Clock settings are initialized according
+  *                     to USART_ClockInitStruct content
+  *          - ERROR: Problem occurred during USART Registers initialization
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef *USART_ClockInitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check USART Instance and Clock signal output parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKOUTPUT(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput));
+
+  /* USART needs to be in disabled state, in order to be able to configure some bits in
+     CRx registers */
+  if (LL_USART_IsEnabled(USARTx) == 0U)
+  {
+    /* If USART Clock signal is disabled */
+    if (USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput == LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE)
+    {
+      /* Deactivate Clock signal delivery :
+       * - Disable Clock Output:        USART_CR2_CLKEN cleared
+       */
+      LL_USART_DisableSCLKOutput(USARTx);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Ensure USART instance is USART capable */
+      assert_param(IS_USART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
+
+      /* Check clock related parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPOLARITY(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity));
+      assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPHASE(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase));
+      assert_param(IS_LL_USART_LASTBITCLKOUTPUT(USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse));
+
+      /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------
+       * Configure USARTx CR2 (Clock signal related bits) with parameters:
+       * - Enable Clock Output:         USART_CR2_CLKEN set
+       * - Clock Polarity:              USART_CR2_CPOL bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity value
+       * - Clock Phase:                 USART_CR2_CPHA bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase value
+       * - Last Bit Clock Pulse Output: USART_CR2_LBCL bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse value.
+       */
+      MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR2,
+                 USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_CPOL | USART_CR2_LBCL,
+                 USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity |
+                 USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase | USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse);
+    }
+  }
+  /* Else (USART not in Disabled state => return ERROR */
+  else
+  {
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set each field of a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef type structure to default value.
+  * @param USART_ClockInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef structure
+  *                              whose fields will be set to default values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_USART_ClockStructInit(LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef *USART_ClockInitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set LL_USART_ClockInitStruct fields with default values */
+  USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput       = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE;
+  USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity     = LL_USART_POLARITY_LOW;            /* Not relevant when ClockOutput =
+                                                                                  LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */
+  USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase        = LL_USART_PHASE_1EDGE;             /* Not relevant when ClockOutput =
+                                                                                  LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */
+  USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse = LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_NO_OUTPUT;  /* Not relevant when ClockOutput =
+                                                                                  LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USART1 || USART2 || USART3 || UART4 || UART5 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_ll_usb.c

@@ -0,0 +1,820 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_ll_usb.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   USB Low Layer HAL module driver.
+  *
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
+  *           + Initialization/de-initialization functions
+  *           + I/O operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      (#) Fill parameters of Init structure in USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure.
+
+      (#) Call USB_CoreInit() API to initialize the USB Core peripheral.
+
+      (#) The upper HAL HCD/PCD driver will call the right routines for its internal processes.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_LL_USB_DRIVER
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined (HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED)
+#if defined (USB)
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the USB Core
+  * @param  USBx USB Instance
+  * @param  cfg pointer to a USB_CfgTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreInit(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_CfgTypeDef cfg)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(USBx);
+  UNUSED(cfg);
+
+  /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+              only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+            - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+   */
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_EnableGlobalInt
+  *         Enables the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg
+  * @param  USBx Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EnableGlobalInt(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint32_t winterruptmask;
+
+  /* Clear pending interrupts */
+  USBx->ISTR = 0U;
+
+  /* Set winterruptmask variable */
+  winterruptmask = USB_CNTR_CTRM  | USB_CNTR_WKUPM |
+                   USB_CNTR_SUSPM | USB_CNTR_ERRM |
+                   USB_CNTR_SOFM | USB_CNTR_ESOFM |
+                   USB_CNTR_RESETM;
+
+  /* Set interrupt mask */
+  USBx->CNTR = (uint16_t)winterruptmask;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_DisableGlobalInt
+  *         Disable the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg
+  * @param  USBx Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DisableGlobalInt(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint32_t winterruptmask;
+
+  /* Set winterruptmask variable */
+  winterruptmask = USB_CNTR_CTRM  | USB_CNTR_WKUPM |
+                   USB_CNTR_SUSPM | USB_CNTR_ERRM |
+                   USB_CNTR_SOFM | USB_CNTR_ESOFM |
+                   USB_CNTR_RESETM;
+
+  /* Clear interrupt mask */
+  USBx->CNTR &= (uint16_t)(~winterruptmask);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_SetCurrentMode Set functional mode
+  * @param  USBx Selected device
+  * @param  mode current core mode
+  *          This parameter can be one of the these values:
+  *            @arg USB_DEVICE_MODE Peripheral mode
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetCurrentMode(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_ModeTypeDef mode)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(USBx);
+  UNUSED(mode);
+
+  /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+              only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+            - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+   */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_DevInit Initializes the USB controller registers
+  *         for device mode
+  * @param  USBx Selected device
+  * @param  cfg  pointer to a USB_CfgTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevInit(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_CfgTypeDef cfg)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(cfg);
+
+  /* Init Device */
+  /* CNTR_FRES = 1 */
+  USBx->CNTR = (uint16_t)USB_CNTR_FRES;
+
+  /* CNTR_FRES = 0 */
+  USBx->CNTR = 0U;
+
+  /* Clear pending interrupts */
+  USBx->ISTR = 0U;
+
+  /*Set Btable Address*/
+  USBx->BTABLE = BTABLE_ADDRESS;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#if defined (HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED)
+/**
+  * @brief  Activate and configure an endpoint
+  * @param  USBx Selected device
+  * @param  ep pointer to endpoint structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateEndpoint(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK;
+  uint16_t wEpRegVal;
+
+  wEpRegVal = PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(USBx, ep->num) & USB_EP_T_MASK;
+
+  /* initialize Endpoint */
+  switch (ep->type)
+  {
+    case EP_TYPE_CTRL:
+      wEpRegVal |= USB_EP_CONTROL;
+      break;
+
+    case EP_TYPE_BULK:
+      wEpRegVal |= USB_EP_BULK;
+      break;
+
+    case EP_TYPE_INTR:
+      wEpRegVal |= USB_EP_INTERRUPT;
+      break;
+
+    case EP_TYPE_ISOC:
+      wEpRegVal |= USB_EP_ISOCHRONOUS;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      ret = HAL_ERROR;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  PCD_SET_ENDPOINT(USBx, ep->num, (wEpRegVal | USB_EP_CTR_RX | USB_EP_CTR_TX));
+
+  PCD_SET_EP_ADDRESS(USBx, ep->num, ep->num);
+
+  if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U)
+  {
+    if (ep->is_in != 0U)
+    {
+      /*Set the endpoint Transmit buffer address */
+      PCD_SET_EP_TX_ADDRESS(USBx, ep->num, ep->pmaadress);
+      PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+      if (ep->type != EP_TYPE_ISOC)
+      {
+        /* Configure NAK status for the Endpoint */
+        PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_NAK);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Configure TX Endpoint to disabled state */
+        PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Set the endpoint Receive buffer address */
+      PCD_SET_EP_RX_ADDRESS(USBx, ep->num, ep->pmaadress);
+
+      /* Set the endpoint Receive buffer counter */
+      PCD_SET_EP_RX_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->maxpacket);
+      PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+      /* Configure VALID status for the Endpoint */
+      PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID);
+    }
+  }
+  /* Double Buffer */
+  else
+  {
+    if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_BULK)
+    {
+      /* Set bulk endpoint as double buffered */
+      PCD_SET_BULK_EP_DBUF(USBx, ep->num);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Set the ISOC endpoint in double buffer mode */
+      PCD_CLEAR_EP_KIND(USBx, ep->num);
+    }
+
+    /* Set buffer address for double buffered mode */
+    PCD_SET_EP_DBUF_ADDR(USBx, ep->num, ep->pmaaddr0, ep->pmaaddr1);
+
+    if (ep->is_in == 0U)
+    {
+      /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT */
+      PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+      PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+      PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID);
+      PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT */
+      PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+      PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+      if (ep->type != EP_TYPE_ISOC)
+      {
+        /* Configure NAK status for the Endpoint */
+        PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_NAK);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Configure TX Endpoint to disabled state */
+        PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS);
+      }
+
+      PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-activate and de-initialize an endpoint
+  * @param  USBx Selected device
+  * @param  ep pointer to endpoint structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeactivateEndpoint(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+  if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U)
+  {
+    if (ep->is_in != 0U)
+    {
+      PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+      /* Configure DISABLE status for the Endpoint*/
+      PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+      /* Configure DISABLE status for the Endpoint*/
+      PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS);
+    }
+  }
+  /*Double Buffer*/
+  else
+  {
+    if (ep->is_in == 0U)
+    {
+      /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT*/
+      PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+      PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+      /* Reset value of the data toggle bits for the endpoint out*/
+      PCD_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+      PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS);
+      PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT*/
+      PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+      PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+      PCD_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+      /* Configure DISABLE status for the Endpoint*/
+      PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS);
+      PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_EPStartXfer setup and starts a transfer over an EP
+  * @param  USBx Selected device
+  * @param  ep pointer to endpoint structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPStartXfer(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+  uint32_t len;
+  uint16_t pmabuffer;
+  uint16_t wEPVal;
+
+  /* IN endpoint */
+  if (ep->is_in == 1U)
+  {
+    /*Multi packet transfer*/
+    if (ep->xfer_len > ep->maxpacket)
+    {
+      len = ep->maxpacket;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      len = ep->xfer_len;
+    }
+
+    /* configure and validate Tx endpoint */
+    if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U)
+    {
+      USB_WritePMA(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaadress, (uint16_t)len);
+      PCD_SET_EP_TX_CNT(USBx, ep->num, len);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* double buffer bulk management */
+      if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_BULK)
+      {
+        if (ep->xfer_len_db > ep->maxpacket)
+        {
+          /* enable double buffer */
+          PCD_SET_BULK_EP_DBUF(USBx, ep->num);
+
+          /* each Time to write in PMA xfer_len_db will */
+          ep->xfer_len_db -= len;
+
+          /* Fill the two first buffer in the Buffer0 & Buffer1 */
+          if ((PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(USBx, ep->num) & USB_EP_DTOG_TX) != 0U)
+          {
+            /* Set the Double buffer counter for pmabuffer1 */
+            PCD_SET_EP_DBUF1_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len);
+            pmabuffer = ep->pmaaddr1;
+
+            /* Write the user buffer to USB PMA */
+            USB_WritePMA(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, pmabuffer, (uint16_t)len);
+            ep->xfer_buff += len;
+
+            if (ep->xfer_len_db > ep->maxpacket)
+            {
+              ep->xfer_len_db -= len;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              len = ep->xfer_len_db;
+              ep->xfer_len_db = 0U;
+            }
+
+            /* Set the Double buffer counter for pmabuffer0 */
+            PCD_SET_EP_DBUF0_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len);
+            pmabuffer = ep->pmaaddr0;
+
+            /* Write the user buffer to USB PMA */
+            USB_WritePMA(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, pmabuffer, (uint16_t)len);
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            /* Set the Double buffer counter for pmabuffer0 */
+            PCD_SET_EP_DBUF0_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len);
+            pmabuffer = ep->pmaaddr0;
+
+            /* Write the user buffer to USB PMA */
+            USB_WritePMA(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, pmabuffer, (uint16_t)len);
+            ep->xfer_buff += len;
+
+            if (ep->xfer_len_db > ep->maxpacket)
+            {
+              ep->xfer_len_db -= len;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+              len = ep->xfer_len_db;
+              ep->xfer_len_db = 0U;
+            }
+
+            /* Set the Double buffer counter for pmabuffer1 */
+            PCD_SET_EP_DBUF1_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len);
+            pmabuffer = ep->pmaaddr1;
+
+            /* Write the user buffer to USB PMA */
+            USB_WritePMA(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, pmabuffer, (uint16_t)len);
+          }
+        }
+        /* auto Switch to single buffer mode when transfer <Mps no need to manage in double buffer */
+        else
+        {
+          len = ep->xfer_len_db;
+
+          /* disable double buffer mode for Bulk endpoint */
+          PCD_CLEAR_BULK_EP_DBUF(USBx, ep->num);
+
+          /* Set Tx count with nbre of byte to be transmitted */
+          PCD_SET_EP_TX_CNT(USBx, ep->num, len);
+          pmabuffer = ep->pmaaddr0;
+
+          /* Write the user buffer to USB PMA */
+          USB_WritePMA(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, pmabuffer, (uint16_t)len);
+        }
+      }
+      else /* manage isochronous double buffer IN mode */
+      {
+        /* each Time to write in PMA xfer_len_db will */
+        ep->xfer_len_db -= len;
+
+        /* Fill the data buffer */
+        if ((PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(USBx, ep->num) & USB_EP_DTOG_TX) != 0U)
+        {
+          /* Set the Double buffer counter for pmabuffer1 */
+          PCD_SET_EP_DBUF1_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len);
+          pmabuffer = ep->pmaaddr1;
+
+          /* Write the user buffer to USB PMA */
+          USB_WritePMA(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, pmabuffer, (uint16_t)len);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* Set the Double buffer counter for pmabuffer0 */
+          PCD_SET_EP_DBUF0_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len);
+          pmabuffer = ep->pmaaddr0;
+
+          /* Write the user buffer to USB PMA */
+          USB_WritePMA(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, pmabuffer, (uint16_t)len);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_VALID);
+  }
+  else /* OUT endpoint */
+  {
+    if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U)
+    {
+      /* Multi packet transfer */
+      if (ep->xfer_len > ep->maxpacket)
+      {
+        len = ep->maxpacket;
+        ep->xfer_len -= len;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        len = ep->xfer_len;
+        ep->xfer_len = 0U;
+      }
+      /* configure and validate Rx endpoint */
+      PCD_SET_EP_RX_CNT(USBx, ep->num, len);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* First Transfer Coming From HAL_PCD_EP_Receive & From ISR */
+      /* Set the Double buffer counter */
+      if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_BULK)
+      {
+        PCD_SET_EP_DBUF_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, ep->maxpacket);
+
+        /* Coming from ISR */
+        if (ep->xfer_count != 0U)
+        {
+          /* update last value to check if there is blocking state */
+          wEPVal = PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(USBx, ep->num);
+
+          /*Blocking State */
+          if ((((wEPVal & USB_EP_DTOG_RX) != 0U) && ((wEPVal & USB_EP_DTOG_TX) != 0U)) ||
+              (((wEPVal & USB_EP_DTOG_RX) == 0U) && ((wEPVal & USB_EP_DTOG_TX) == 0U)))
+          {
+            PCD_FreeUserBuffer(USBx, ep->num, 0U);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      /* iso out double */
+      else if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC)
+      {
+        /* Multi packet transfer */
+        if (ep->xfer_len > ep->maxpacket)
+        {
+          len = ep->maxpacket;
+          ep->xfer_len -= len;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          len = ep->xfer_len;
+          ep->xfer_len = 0U;
+        }
+        PCD_SET_EP_DBUF_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+
+    PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID);
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_EPSetStall set a stall condition over an EP
+  * @param  USBx Selected device
+  * @param  ep pointer to endpoint structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPSetStall(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+  if (ep->is_in != 0U)
+  {
+    PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_STALL);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_STALL);
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_EPClearStall Clear a stall condition over an EP
+  * @param  USBx Selected device
+  * @param  ep pointer to endpoint structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPClearStall(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+  if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U)
+  {
+    if (ep->is_in != 0U)
+    {
+      PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+      if (ep->type != EP_TYPE_ISOC)
+      {
+        /* Configure NAK status for the Endpoint */
+        PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_NAK);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+      /* Configure VALID status for the Endpoint */
+      PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+#endif /* defined (HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED) */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_StopDevice Stop the usb device mode
+  * @param  USBx Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_StopDevice(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  /* disable all interrupts and force USB reset */
+  USBx->CNTR = (uint16_t)USB_CNTR_FRES;
+
+  /* clear interrupt status register */
+  USBx->ISTR = 0U;
+
+  /* switch-off device */
+  USBx->CNTR = (uint16_t)(USB_CNTR_FRES | USB_CNTR_PDWN);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_SetDevAddress Stop the usb device mode
+  * @param  USBx Selected device
+  * @param  address new device address to be assigned
+  *          This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  USB_SetDevAddress(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t address)
+{
+  if (address == 0U)
+  {
+    /* set device address and enable function */
+    USBx->DADDR = (uint16_t)USB_DADDR_EF;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_DevConnect Connect the USB device by enabling the pull-up/pull-down
+  * @param  USBx Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  USB_DevConnect(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(USBx);
+
+  /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+              only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+            - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+   */
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_DevDisconnect Disconnect the USB device by disabling the pull-up/pull-down
+  * @param  USBx Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  USB_DevDisconnect(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(USBx);
+
+  /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+              only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+            - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+   */
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_ReadInterrupts return the global USB interrupt status
+  * @param  USBx Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+uint32_t  USB_ReadInterrupts(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg;
+
+  tmpreg = USBx->ISTR;
+  return tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup : active remote wakeup signalling
+  * @param  USBx Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  USBx->CNTR |= (uint16_t)USB_CNTR_RESUME;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup de-active remote wakeup signalling
+  * @param  USBx Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  USBx->CNTR &= (uint16_t)(~USB_CNTR_RESUME);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Copy a buffer from user memory area to packet memory area (PMA)
+  * @param   USBx USB peripheral instance register address.
+  * @param   pbUsrBuf pointer to user memory area.
+  * @param   wPMABufAddr address into PMA.
+  * @param   wNBytes no. of bytes to be copied.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USB_WritePMA(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *pbUsrBuf, uint16_t wPMABufAddr, uint16_t wNBytes)
+{
+  uint32_t n = ((uint32_t)wNBytes + 1U) >> 1;
+  uint32_t BaseAddr = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t i, temp1, temp2;
+  __IO uint16_t *pdwVal;
+  uint8_t *pBuf = pbUsrBuf;
+
+  pdwVal = (__IO uint16_t *)(BaseAddr + 0x400U + ((uint32_t)wPMABufAddr * PMA_ACCESS));
+
+  for (i = n; i != 0U; i--)
+  {
+    temp1 = *pBuf;
+    pBuf++;
+    temp2 = temp1 | ((uint16_t)((uint16_t) *pBuf << 8));
+    *pdwVal = (uint16_t)temp2;
+    pdwVal++;
+
+#if PMA_ACCESS > 1U
+    pdwVal++;
+#endif
+
+    pBuf++;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Copy data from packet memory area (PMA) to user memory buffer
+  * @param   USBx USB peripheral instance register address.
+  * @param   pbUsrBuf pointer to user memory area.
+  * @param   wPMABufAddr address into PMA.
+  * @param   wNBytes no. of bytes to be copied.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USB_ReadPMA(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *pbUsrBuf, uint16_t wPMABufAddr, uint16_t wNBytes)
+{
+  uint32_t n = (uint32_t)wNBytes >> 1;
+  uint32_t BaseAddr = (uint32_t)USBx;
+  uint32_t i, temp;
+  __IO uint16_t *pdwVal;
+  uint8_t *pBuf = pbUsrBuf;
+
+  pdwVal = (__IO uint16_t *)(BaseAddr + 0x400U + ((uint32_t)wPMABufAddr * PMA_ACCESS));
+
+  for (i = n; i != 0U; i--)
+  {
+    temp = *(__IO uint16_t *)pdwVal;
+    pdwVal++;
+    *pBuf = (uint8_t)((temp >> 0) & 0xFFU);
+    pBuf++;
+    *pBuf = (uint8_t)((temp >> 8) & 0xFFU);
+    pBuf++;
+
+#if PMA_ACCESS > 1U
+    pdwVal++;
+#endif
+  }
+
+  if ((wNBytes % 2U) != 0U)
+  {
+    temp = *pdwVal;
+    *pBuf = (uint8_t)((temp >> 0) & 0xFFU);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* defined (USB) */
+#endif /* defined (HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined (HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

Drivers/STM32F3xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f3xx_ll_utils.c

@@ -0,0 +1,585 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f3xx_ll_utils.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   UTILS LL module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f3xx_ll_rcc.h"
+#include "stm32f3xx_ll_utils.h"
+#include "stm32f3xx_ll_system.h"
+#include "stm32f3xx_ll_pwr.h"
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F3xx_LL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Defines used for PLL range */
+#define UTILS_PLL_OUTPUT_MAX        72000000U    /*!< Frequency max for PLL output, in Hz  */
+
+/* Defines used for HSE range */
+#define UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MIN      4000000U       /*!< Frequency min for HSE frequency, in Hz   */
+#define UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MAX     32000000U       /*!< Frequency max for HSE frequency, in Hz   */
+
+/* Defines used for FLASH latency according to SYSCLK Frequency */
+#define UTILS_LATENCY1_FREQ         24000000U        /*!< SYSCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 1 */
+#define UTILS_LATENCY2_FREQ         48000000U        /*!< SYSCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 2 */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_SYSCLK_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_1)   \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_2)   \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_4)   \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_8)   \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_16)  \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_64)  \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_128) \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_256) \
+                                        || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_512))
+
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_APB1_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_1) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_2) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_4) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_8) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_16))
+
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_APB2_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_1) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_2) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_4) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_8) \
+                                      || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_16))
+
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLLMUL_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_2) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_3) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_4) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_5) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_6) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_7) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_8) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_9) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_10) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_11) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_12) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_13) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_14) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_15) \
+                                          || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_16))
+
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_1)  || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_2)   || \
+                                             ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_3)  || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_4)   || \
+                                             ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_5)  || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_6)   || \
+                                             ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_7)  || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_8)   || \
+                                             ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_9)  || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_10)  || \
+                                             ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_11) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_12)  || \
+                                             ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_13) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_14)  || \
+                                             ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_15) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_16))
+
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLL_FREQUENCY(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= UTILS_PLL_OUTPUT_MAX)
+
+
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_BYPASS(__STATE__) (((__STATE__) == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON) \
+                                        || ((__STATE__) == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_OFF))
+
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY(__FREQUENCY__) (((__FREQUENCY__) >= UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MIN) && ((__FREQUENCY__) <= UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MAX))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup UTILS_LL_Private_Functions UTILS Private functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static uint32_t    UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(uint32_t PLL_InputFrequency,
+                                               LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
+static ErrorStatus UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
+static ErrorStatus UTILS_PLL_IsBusy(void);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_EF_DELAY
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function configures the Cortex-M SysTick source to have 1ms time base.
+  * @note   When a RTOS is used, it is recommended to avoid changing the Systick
+  *         configuration by calling this function, for a delay use rather osDelay RTOS service.
+  * @param  HCLKFrequency HCLK frequency in Hz
+  * @note   HCLK frequency can be calculated thanks to RCC helper macro or function @ref LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_Init1msTick(uint32_t HCLKFrequency)
+{
+  /* Use frequency provided in argument */
+  LL_InitTick(HCLKFrequency, 1000U);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function provides accurate delay (in milliseconds) based
+  *         on SysTick counter flag
+  * @note   When a RTOS is used, it is recommended to avoid using blocking delay
+  *         and use rather osDelay service.
+  * @note   To respect 1ms timebase, user should call @ref LL_Init1msTick function which
+  *         will configure Systick to 1ms
+  * @param  Delay specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_mDelay(uint32_t Delay)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t  tmp = SysTick->CTRL;  /* Clear the COUNTFLAG first */
+  /* Add this code to indicate that local variable is not used */
+  ((void)tmp);
+
+  /* Add a period to guaranty minimum wait */
+  if (Delay < LL_MAX_DELAY)
+  {
+    Delay++;
+  }
+
+  while (Delay)
+  {
+    if ((SysTick->CTRL & SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Msk) != 0U)
+    {
+      Delay--;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup UTILS_EF_SYSTEM
+  *  @brief    System Configuration functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+           ##### System Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+         System, AHB and APB buses clocks configuration
+
+         (+) The maximum frequency of the SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and PCLK2 is 72000000 Hz.
+  @endverbatim
+  @internal
+             Depending on the SYSCLK frequency, the flash latency should be adapted accordingly:
+             (++) +-----------------------------------------------+
+             (++) | Latency       | SYSCLK clock frequency (MHz)  |
+             (++) |---------------|-------------------------------|
+             (++) |0WS(1CPU cycle)|       0 < SYSCLK <= 24        |
+             (++) |---------------|-------------------------------|
+             (++) |1WS(2CPU cycle)|      24 < SYSCLK <= 48        |
+             (++) |---------------|-------------------------------|
+             (++) |2WS(3CPU cycle)|      48 < SYSCLK <= 72        |
+             (++) +-----------------------------------------------+
+  @endinternal
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function sets directly SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable.
+  * @note   Variable can be calculated also through SystemCoreClockUpdate function.
+  * @param  HCLKFrequency HCLK frequency in Hz (can be calculated thanks to RCC helper macro)
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void LL_SetSystemCoreClock(uint32_t HCLKFrequency)
+{
+  /* HCLK clock frequency */
+  SystemCoreClock = HCLKFrequency;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Update number of Flash wait states in line with new frequency and current
+            voltage range.
+  * @param  Frequency  SYSCLK frequency
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: Latency has been modified
+  *          - ERROR: Latency cannot be modified
+  */
+#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)
+ErrorStatus LL_SetFlashLatency(uint32_t Frequency)
+{
+  uint32_t timeout;
+  uint32_t getlatency;
+  uint32_t latency;
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Frequency cannot be equal to 0 */
+  if (Frequency == 0U)
+  {
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (Frequency > UTILS_LATENCY2_FREQ)
+    {
+      /* 48 < SYSCLK <= 72 => 2WS (3 CPU cycles) */
+      latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_2;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if (Frequency > UTILS_LATENCY1_FREQ)
+      {
+        /* 24 < SYSCLK <= 48 => 1WS (2 CPU cycles) */
+        latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_1;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* else SYSCLK < 24MHz default LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0 0WS */
+        latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (status != ERROR)
+    {
+      LL_FLASH_SetLatency(latency);
+
+      /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash
+           memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */
+      timeout = 2;
+      do
+      {
+      /* Wait for Flash latency to be updated */
+      getlatency = LL_FLASH_GetLatency();
+      timeout--;
+      } while ((getlatency != latency) && (timeout > 0));
+
+      if(getlatency != latency)
+      {
+        status = ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        status = SUCCESS;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function configures system clock with HSI as clock source of the PLL
+  * @note   The application need to ensure that PLL is disabled.
+  * @note   Function is based on the following formula:
+  *         - PLL output frequency = ((HSI frequency / PREDIV) * PLLMUL)
+  *         - PREDIV: Set to 2 for few devices
+  *         - PLLMUL: The application software must set correctly the PLL multiplication factor to 
+  *                   not exceed 72MHz
+  * @note   FLASH latency can be modified through this function. 
+  * @param  UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                             the configuration information for the PLL.
+  * @param  UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                             the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: Max frequency configuration done
+  *          - ERROR: Max frequency configuration not done
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSI(LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct,
+                                         LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  uint32_t pllfreq = 0U;
+
+  /* Check if one of the PLL is enabled */
+  if (UTILS_PLL_IsBusy() == SUCCESS)
+  {
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT)
+    /* Check PREDIV value */
+    assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv));
+#else
+    /* Force PREDIV value to 2 */
+    UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv = LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_2;
+#endif /*RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT*/
+    /* Calculate the new PLL output frequency */
+    pllfreq = UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(HSI_VALUE, UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
+
+    /* Enable HSI if not enabled */
+    if (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady() != 1U)
+    {
+      LL_RCC_HSI_Enable();
+      while (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady() != 1U)
+      {
+        /* Wait for HSI ready */
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Configure PLL */
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT)
+    LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS(LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv);
+#else
+    LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS(LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV_2, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul);
+#endif /*RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT*/
+
+    /* Enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL */
+    status = UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(pllfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Current PLL configuration cannot be modified */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function configures system clock with HSE as clock source of the PLL
+  * @note   The application need to ensure that PLL is disabled.
+  * @note   Function is based on the following formula:
+  *         - PLL output frequency = ((HSI frequency / PREDIV) * PLLMUL)
+  *         - PREDIV: Set to 2 for few devices
+  *         - PLLMUL: The application software must set correctly the PLL multiplication factor to 
+  *                   not exceed @ref UTILS_PLL_OUTPUT_MAX
+  * @note   FLASH latency can be modified through this function. 
+  * @param  HSEFrequency Value between Min_Data = 4000000 and Max_Data = 32000000
+  * @param  HSEBypass This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg @ref LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON
+  *         @arg @ref LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_OFF
+  * @param  UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                             the configuration information for the PLL.
+  * @param  UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                             the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: Max frequency configuration done
+  *          - ERROR: Max frequency configuration not done
+  */
+ErrorStatus LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSE(uint32_t HSEFrequency, uint32_t HSEBypass,
+                                         LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  uint32_t pllfreq = 0U;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY(HSEFrequency));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_BYPASS(HSEBypass));
+
+  /* Check if one of the PLL is enabled */
+  if (UTILS_PLL_IsBusy() == SUCCESS)
+  {
+    /* Check PREDIV value */
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT)
+    assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv));
+#else
+    assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv));
+#endif /*RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT*/
+
+    /* Calculate the new PLL output frequency */
+    pllfreq = UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(HSEFrequency, UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
+
+    /* Enable HSE if not enabled */
+    if (LL_RCC_HSE_IsReady() != 1U)
+    {
+      /* Check if need to enable HSE bypass feature or not */
+      if (HSEBypass == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON)
+      {
+        LL_RCC_HSE_EnableBypass();
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        LL_RCC_HSE_DisableBypass();
+      }
+
+      /* Enable HSE */
+      LL_RCC_HSE_Enable();
+      while (LL_RCC_HSE_IsReady() != 1U)
+      {
+        /* Wait for HSE ready */
+      }
+    }
+
+      /* Configure PLL */
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT)
+      LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS(LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv);
+#else
+    LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS((RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC_HSE_PREDIV | UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv), UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul);
+#endif /*RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT*/
+
+    /* Enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL */
+    status = UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(pllfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Current PLL configuration cannot be modified */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Function to check that PLL can be modified
+  * @param  PLL_InputFrequency  PLL input frequency (in Hz)
+  * @param  UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                             the configuration information for the PLL.
+  * @retval PLL output frequency (in Hz)
+  */
+static uint32_t UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(uint32_t PLL_InputFrequency, LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct)
+{
+  uint32_t pllfreq = 0U;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLLMUL_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul));
+
+  /* Check different PLL parameters according to RM                          */
+  /* The application software must set correctly the PLL multiplication factor to 
+     not exceed @ref UTILS_PLL_OUTPUT_MAX */
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT)
+  pllfreq = __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ(PLL_InputFrequency, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv);
+#else
+  pllfreq = __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ(PLL_InputFrequency / (UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv + 1U), UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul);
+#endif /*RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT*/
+  assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLL_FREQUENCY(pllfreq));
+
+  return pllfreq;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Function to check that PLL can be modified
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: PLL modification can be done
+  *          - ERROR: PLL is busy
+  */
+static ErrorStatus UTILS_PLL_IsBusy(void)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check if PLL is busy*/
+  if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady() != 0U)
+  {
+    /* PLL configuration cannot be modified */
+    status = ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Function to enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL
+  * @param  SYSCLK_Frequency SYSCLK frequency
+  * @param  UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                             the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
+  * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+  *          - SUCCESS: No problem to switch system to PLL
+  *          - ERROR: Problem to switch system to PLL
+  */
+static ErrorStatus UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
+{
+  ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+  uint32_t sysclk_frequency_current = 0U;
+
+  assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_SYSCLK_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_APB1_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider));
+  assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_APB2_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider));
+
+  /* Calculate current SYSCLK frequency */
+  sysclk_frequency_current = (SystemCoreClock << AHBPrescTable[LL_RCC_GetAHBPrescaler() >> RCC_POSITION_HPRE]);
+
+  /* Increasing the number of wait states because of higher CPU frequency */
+  if (sysclk_frequency_current < SYSCLK_Frequency)
+  {
+    /* Set FLASH latency to highest latency */
+    status = LL_SetFlashLatency(SYSCLK_Frequency);
+  }
+
+  /* Update system clock configuration */
+  if (status == SUCCESS)
+  {
+    /* Enable PLL */
+    LL_RCC_PLL_Enable();
+    while (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady() != 1U)
+    {
+      /* Wait for PLL ready */
+    }
+
+    /* Sysclk activation on the main PLL */
+    LL_RCC_SetAHBPrescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider);
+    LL_RCC_SetSysClkSource(LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_PLL);
+    while (LL_RCC_GetSysClkSource() != LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLL)
+    {
+      /* Wait for system clock switch to PLL */
+    }
+
+    /* Set APB1 & APB2 prescaler*/
+    LL_RCC_SetAPB1Prescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider);
+    LL_RCC_SetAPB2Prescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider);
+  }
+
+  /* Decreasing the number of wait states because of lower CPU frequency */
+  if (sysclk_frequency_current > SYSCLK_Frequency)
+  {
+    /* Set FLASH latency to lowest latency */
+    status = LL_SetFlashLatency(SYSCLK_Frequency);
+  }
+
+  /* Update SystemCoreClock variable */
+  if (status == SUCCESS)
+  {
+    LL_SetSystemCoreClock(__LL_RCC_CALC_HCLK_FREQ(SYSCLK_Frequency, UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider));
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/